Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git
Conflicts: drivers/mtd/mtd_blkdevs.c Merge Grant's device-tree bits so that we can apply the subsequent fixes. Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
This commit is contained in:
commit
67577927e8
8
CREDITS
8
CREDITS
|
@ -3554,12 +3554,12 @@ E: cvance@nai.com
|
|||
D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
|
||||
|
||||
N: Petr Vandrovec
|
||||
E: vandrove@vc.cvut.cz
|
||||
E: petr@vandrovec.name
|
||||
D: Small contributions to ncpfs
|
||||
D: Matrox framebuffer driver
|
||||
S: Chudenicka 8
|
||||
S: 10200 Prague 10, Hostivar
|
||||
S: Czech Republic
|
||||
S: 21513 Conradia Ct
|
||||
S: Cupertino, CA 95014
|
||||
S: USA
|
||||
|
||||
N: Thibaut Varene
|
||||
E: T-Bone@parisc-linux.org
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
|
|||
What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
New application development should use raw1394 + userspace libraries
|
||||
instead, notably libiec61883 which is functionally equivalent.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
ffmpeg/libavformat (used by a variety of media players)
|
||||
dvgrab v1.x (replaced by dvgrab2 on top of raw1394 and resp. libraries)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
|||
What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
|
||||
controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data
|
||||
could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few
|
||||
ioctl()s allowed limited control.
|
||||
This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 +
|
||||
libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and
|
||||
transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level
|
||||
access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability
|
||||
to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level
|
||||
of abstraction that required userspace clients do duplicate much
|
||||
of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality.
|
||||
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
|
||||
firewire-core.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
|
||||
users)
|
|
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
|||
What: legacy isochronous ABI of raw1394 (1st generation iso ABI)
|
||||
Date: June 2007 (scheduled), removed in kernel v2.6.23
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The two request types RAW1394_REQ_ISO_SEND, RAW1394_REQ_ISO_LISTEN have
|
||||
been deprecated for quite some time. They are very inefficient as they
|
||||
come with high interrupt load and several layers of callbacks for each
|
||||
packet. Because of these deficiencies, the video1394 and dv1394 drivers
|
||||
and the 3rd-generation isochronous ABI in raw1394 (rawiso) were created.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libraw1394 users via the long deprecated API raw1394_iso_write,
|
||||
raw1394_start_iso_write, raw1394_start_iso_rcv, raw1394_stop_iso_rcv
|
||||
|
||||
libdc1394, which optionally uses these old libraw1394 calls
|
||||
alternatively to the more efficient video1394 ABI
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
|||
What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire)
|
||||
Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
/dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire
|
||||
controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an
|
||||
alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had
|
||||
performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had
|
||||
to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide
|
||||
asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration.
|
||||
Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of
|
||||
firewire-core.
|
||||
|
||||
Users:
|
||||
libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI
|
||||
users)
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
|||
What: /sys/class/ata_...
|
||||
Date: August 2008
|
||||
Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows
|
||||
retrieving various information about ATA objects.
|
||||
|
||||
Files under /sys/class/ata_port
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of
|
||||
the port. The device parent is the ata host device.
|
||||
|
||||
idle_irq (read)
|
||||
|
||||
Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only].
|
||||
|
||||
nr_pmp_links (read)
|
||||
|
||||
If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it.
|
||||
|
||||
Files under /sys/class/ata_link
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the
|
||||
topology, 15 ata_link objects are created.
|
||||
|
||||
If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is
|
||||
ata_port_id of the port.
|
||||
If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id
|
||||
of the parent port and Y the PM port.
|
||||
|
||||
hw_sata_spd_limit
|
||||
|
||||
Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device.
|
||||
|
||||
sata_spd_limit
|
||||
|
||||
Maximum speed imposed by libata.
|
||||
|
||||
sata_spd
|
||||
|
||||
Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...].
|
||||
|
||||
Files under /sys/class/ata_device
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Behind each link, up to two ata device are created.
|
||||
The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where:
|
||||
- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected,
|
||||
- Y the port of the PM if any, and
|
||||
- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1],
|
||||
only 1 for SATA.
|
||||
|
||||
class
|
||||
Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device,
|
||||
"pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link.
|
||||
|
||||
dma_mode
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode.
|
||||
Mostly used by PATA device.
|
||||
|
||||
pio_mode
|
||||
|
||||
Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode.
|
||||
Mostly used by PATA device.
|
||||
|
||||
xfer_mode
|
||||
|
||||
Current transfer mode.
|
||||
|
||||
id
|
||||
|
||||
Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17.
|
||||
Only valid if the device is not a PM.
|
||||
|
||||
gscr
|
||||
|
||||
Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register.
|
||||
Valid registers are:
|
||||
0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID,
|
||||
1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV,
|
||||
2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO,
|
||||
32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR,
|
||||
33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN,
|
||||
64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT,
|
||||
96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN,
|
||||
130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO
|
||||
Only valid if the device is a PM.
|
||||
|
||||
spdn_cnt
|
||||
|
||||
Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors.
|
||||
|
||||
ering
|
||||
|
||||
Formatted output of the error ring of the device.
|
|
@ -77,3 +77,91 @@ Description:
|
|||
devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
|
||||
device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
|
||||
default value.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number
|
||||
of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This
|
||||
attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up
|
||||
the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the
|
||||
number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with
|
||||
the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute
|
||||
is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the
|
||||
system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_hit_count
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_hit_count attribute contains the
|
||||
number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with
|
||||
the device might prevent the system from entering a sleep state.
|
||||
This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to
|
||||
wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1,
|
||||
or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with
|
||||
the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only.
|
||||
If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
|
||||
states, this attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains
|
||||
the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the
|
||||
device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the
|
||||
device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states,
|
||||
this attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains
|
||||
the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated
|
||||
with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only.
|
||||
If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep
|
||||
states, this attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains
|
||||
the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of
|
||||
signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in
|
||||
milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is
|
||||
not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this
|
||||
attribute is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms
|
||||
Date: September 2010
|
||||
Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute
|
||||
contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some
|
||||
drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it
|
||||
becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain
|
||||
inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That
|
||||
period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will
|
||||
prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar
|
||||
to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >=
|
||||
1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded
|
||||
up to the nearest second.
|
||||
|
||||
Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported,
|
||||
attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
|||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/actual_cpi
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the
|
||||
press of a button.
|
||||
When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi
|
||||
setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
|
||||
processed to receive the real dpi value.
|
||||
|
||||
VALUE DPI
|
||||
1 400
|
||||
2 800
|
||||
4 1600
|
||||
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/actual_profile
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in
|
||||
range 0-4.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/firmware_version
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
|
||||
firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
|
||||
further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
|
||||
number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
|
||||
left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile_settings
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
|
||||
and light effects.
|
||||
When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
|
||||
settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long.
|
||||
The mouse will reject invalid data.
|
||||
Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
|
||||
contained in the data.
|
||||
This file is writeonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile[1-5]_settings
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_settings holds informations like resolution, sensitivity
|
||||
and light effects.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile settings.
|
||||
The returned data is 13 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile_buttons
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_buttons holds informations about button layout.
|
||||
When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
|
||||
buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long.
|
||||
The mouse will reject invalid data.
|
||||
Which profile to write is determined by the profile number
|
||||
contained in the data.
|
||||
This file is writeonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile[1-5]_buttons
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
|
||||
press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons.
|
||||
profile_buttons holds informations about button layout.
|
||||
When read, these files return the respective profile buttons.
|
||||
The returned data is 19 bytes in size.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/startup_profile
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
|
||||
When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
|
||||
that's active when the mouse is powered on.
|
||||
This file is readonly.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/settings
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
|
||||
The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the
|
||||
startup_profile.
|
||||
When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
|
||||
The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
|
||||
data.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
|
|||
What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
|
||||
Description: Write/read GbE MAC address.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware
|
||||
Date: August 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com
|
||||
Description: Write/read Option ROM data.
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,9 +99,38 @@ Description:
|
|||
|
||||
dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
|
||||
|
||||
If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false
|
||||
positives), it is possible that the last PM event point
|
||||
referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In
|
||||
this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after
|
||||
your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
|
||||
clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.
|
||||
|
||||
What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match
|
||||
Date: October 2010
|
||||
Contact: James Hogan <james@albanarts.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the
|
||||
device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC
|
||||
across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it
|
||||
contains the list of current devices (including those
|
||||
registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match
|
||||
the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each
|
||||
one.
|
||||
|
||||
The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the
|
||||
kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes
|
||||
devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules.
|
||||
|
||||
Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is
|
||||
possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which
|
||||
case further investigation is required to determine which
|
||||
device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock
|
||||
values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still
|
||||
match a device and output it's name here.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/power/pm_async
|
||||
Date: January 2009
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE set PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
|
||||
<set>
|
||||
<setinfo>
|
||||
<title>The 802.11 subsystems – for kernel developers</title>
|
||||
<subtitle>
|
||||
Explaining wireless 802.11 networking in the Linux kernel
|
||||
</subtitle>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>2007-2009</year>
|
||||
<holder>Johannes Berg</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Johannes</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Berg</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address><email>johannes@sipsolutions.net</email></address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
|
||||
it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
|
||||
MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For more details see the file COPYING in the source
|
||||
distribution of Linux.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</legalnotice>
|
||||
|
||||
<abstract>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
These books attempt to give a description of the
|
||||
various subsystems that play a role in 802.11 wireless
|
||||
networking in Linux. Since these books are for kernel
|
||||
developers they attempts to document the structures
|
||||
and functions used in the kernel as well as giving a
|
||||
higher-level overview.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The reader is expected to be familiar with the 802.11
|
||||
standard as published by the IEEE in 802.11-2007 (or
|
||||
possibly later versions). References to this standard
|
||||
will be given as "802.11-2007 8.1.5".
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</abstract>
|
||||
</setinfo>
|
||||
<book id="cfg80211-developers-guide">
|
||||
<bookinfo>
|
||||
<title>The cfg80211 subsystem</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<abstract>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Introduction
|
||||
</abstract>
|
||||
</bookinfo>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Device registration</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Device registration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_band
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_rate
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_sta_ht_cap
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_supported_band
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_signal_type
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_params_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wireless_dev
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_new
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_register
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_unregister
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_free
|
||||
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_dev
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_priv
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h priv_to_wiphy
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h set_wiphy_dev
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wdev_priv
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Actions and configuration</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Actions and configuration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ops
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h vif_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h key_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h survey_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h beacon_parameters
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h plink_actions
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_parameters
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h rate_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h station_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h monitor_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h mpath_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h bss_parameters
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_txq_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_crypto_settings
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_auth_request
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_assoc_request
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_deauth_request
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disassoc_request
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_params
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_auth
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_auth_timeout
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_auth_canceled
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_assoc
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_deauth
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_send_deauth
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_disassoc
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_send_disassoc
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ibss_joined
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_connect_result
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_roamed
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_disconnected
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ready_on_channel
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_new_sta
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_rx_mgmt
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_michael_mic_failure
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Scanning and BSS list handling</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Scanning and BSS list handling
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_ssid
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_request
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_scan_done
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_bss
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss_frame
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_inform_bss
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_unlink_bss
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_find_ie
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_bss_get_ie
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Utility functions</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Utility functions
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_channel_to_frequency
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_frequency_to_channel
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_channel
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_response_rate
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_hdrlen
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Data path helpers</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Data path helpers
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_to_8023
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_data_from_8023
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_classify8021d
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Regulatory enforcement infrastructure</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h regulatory_hint
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h freq_reg_info
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>RFkill integration</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h RFkill integration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_start_polling
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter>
|
||||
<title>Test mode</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/cfg80211.h Test mode
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_reply
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb
|
||||
!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_testmode_event
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</book>
|
||||
<book id="mac80211-developers-guide">
|
||||
<bookinfo>
|
||||
<title>The mac80211 subsystem</title>
|
||||
<abstract>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Introduction
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Warning
|
||||
</abstract>
|
||||
</bookinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<toc></toc>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Generally, this document shall be ordered by increasing complexity.
|
||||
It is important to note that readers should be able to read only
|
||||
the first few sections to get a working driver and only advanced
|
||||
usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<part>
|
||||
<title>The basic mac80211 driver interface</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should read and understand the information contained
|
||||
within this part of the book while implementing a driver.
|
||||
In some chapters, advanced usage is noted, that may be
|
||||
skipped at first.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This part of the book only covers station and monitor mode
|
||||
functionality, additional information required to implement
|
||||
the other modes is covered in the second part of the book.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="basics">
|
||||
<title>Basic hardware handling</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter shall contain information on getting a hw
|
||||
struct allocated and registered with mac80211.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Since it is required to allocate rates/modes before registering
|
||||
a hw struct, this chapter shall also contain information on setting
|
||||
up the rate/mode structs.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Additionally, some discussion about the callbacks and
|
||||
the general programming model should be in here, including
|
||||
the definition of ieee80211_ops which will be referred to
|
||||
a lot.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Finally, a discussion of hardware capabilities should be done
|
||||
with references to other parts of the book.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order -->
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_DEV
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ops
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_alloc_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_register_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tx_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_rx_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_radio_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_unregister_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_free_hw
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="phy-handling">
|
||||
<title>PHY configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter should describe PHY handling including
|
||||
start/stop callbacks and the various structures used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf_flags
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="iface-handling">
|
||||
<title>Virtual interfaces</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter should describe virtual interface basics
|
||||
that are relevant to the driver (VLANs, MGMT etc are not.)
|
||||
It should explain the use of the add_iface/remove_iface
|
||||
callbacks as well as the interface configuration callbacks.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Things related to AP mode should be discussed there.</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Things related to supporting multiple interfaces should be
|
||||
in the appropriate chapter, a BIG FAT note should be here about
|
||||
this though and the recommendation to allow only a single
|
||||
interface in STA mode at first!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_vif
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="rx-tx">
|
||||
<title>Receive and transmit processing</title>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>what should be here</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This should describe the receive and transmit
|
||||
paths in mac80211/the drivers as well as
|
||||
transmit status handling.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Frame format</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame format
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Packet alignment</title>
|
||||
!Pnet/mac80211/rx.c Packet alignment
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Calling into mac80211 from interrupts</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Calling mac80211 from interrupts
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>functions/definitions</title>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_get
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_get
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="filters">
|
||||
<title>Frame filtering</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame filtering
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_filter_flags
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="advanced">
|
||||
<title>Advanced driver interface</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Information contained within this part of the book is
|
||||
of interest only for advanced interaction of mac80211
|
||||
with drivers to exploit more hardware capabilities and
|
||||
improve performance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="hardware-crypto-offload">
|
||||
<title>Hardware crypto acceleration</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Hardware crypto acceleration
|
||||
<!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order -->
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h set_key_cmd
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_flags
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="powersave">
|
||||
<title>Powersave support</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Powersave support
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="beacon-filter">
|
||||
<title>Beacon filter support</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Beacon filter support
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_loss
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="qos">
|
||||
<title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="AP">
|
||||
<title>Access point mode support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>Some parts of the if_conf should be discussed here instead</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Insert notes about VLAN interfaces with hw crypto here or
|
||||
in the hw crypto chapter.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_buffered_bc
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_get
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="multi-iface">
|
||||
<title>Supporting multiple virtual interfaces</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note: WDS with identical MAC address should almost always be OK
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Insert notes about having multiple virtual interfaces with
|
||||
different MAC addresses here, note which configurations are
|
||||
supported by mac80211, add notes about supporting hw crypto
|
||||
with it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="hardware-scan-offload">
|
||||
<title>Hardware scan offload</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_scan_completed
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="rate-control">
|
||||
<title>Rate control interface</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This part of the book describes the rate control algorithm
|
||||
interface and how it relates to mac80211 and drivers.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
<chapter id="dummy">
|
||||
<title>dummy chapter</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="internal">
|
||||
<title>Internals</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This part of the book describes mac80211 internals.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="key-handling">
|
||||
<title>Key handling</title>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Key handling basics</title>
|
||||
!Pnet/mac80211/key.c Key handling basics
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>MORE TBD</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="rx-processing">
|
||||
<title>Receive processing</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="tx-processing">
|
||||
<title>Transmit processing</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="sta-info">
|
||||
<title>Station info handling</title>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Programming information</title>
|
||||
!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_info
|
||||
!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h ieee80211_sta_info_flags
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>STA information lifetime rules</title>
|
||||
!Pnet/mac80211/sta_info.c STA information lifetime rules
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="synchronisation">
|
||||
<title>Synchronisation</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>Locking, lots of RCU</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
</book>
|
||||
</set>
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \
|
|||
kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
|
||||
gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
|
||||
genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
|
||||
mac80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \
|
||||
80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \
|
||||
alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \
|
||||
tracepoint.xml media.xml drm.xml
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -136,6 +136,7 @@
|
|||
#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
|
||||
.compat_ioctl = i915_compat_ioctl,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
.llseek = noop_llseek,
|
||||
},
|
||||
.pci_driver = {
|
||||
.name = DRIVER_NAME,
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
|
|||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>2005-2006</year>
|
||||
<year>2005-2010</year>
|
||||
<holder>Thomas Gleixner</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
|
@ -100,6 +100,10 @@
|
|||
<listitem><para>Edge type</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Simple type</para></listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
During the implementation we identified another type:
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>Fast EOI type</para></listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
In the SMP world of the __do_IRQ() super-handler another type
|
||||
was identified:
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
@ -153,6 +157,7 @@
|
|||
is still available. This leads to a kind of duality for the time
|
||||
being. Over time the new model should be used in more and more
|
||||
architectures, as it enables smaller and cleaner IRQ subsystems.
|
||||
It's deprecated for three years now and about to be removed.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
<chapter id="bugs">
|
||||
|
@ -217,6 +222,7 @@
|
|||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>handle_level_irq</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>handle_edge_irq</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>handle_fasteoi_irq</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>handle_simple_irq</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>handle_percpu_irq</para></listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
|
@ -233,33 +239,33 @@
|
|||
are used by the default flow implementations.
|
||||
The following helper functions are implemented (simplified excerpt):
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
default_enable(irq)
|
||||
default_enable(struct irq_data *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
desc->chip->unmask(irq);
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_unmask(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default_disable(irq)
|
||||
default_disable(struct irq_data *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!delay_disable(irq))
|
||||
desc->chip->mask(irq);
|
||||
if (!delay_disable(data))
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_mask(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default_ack(irq)
|
||||
default_ack(struct irq_data *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
chip->ack(irq);
|
||||
chip->irq_ack(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
default_mask_ack(irq)
|
||||
default_mask_ack(struct irq_data *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (chip->mask_ack) {
|
||||
chip->mask_ack(irq);
|
||||
if (chip->irq_mask_ack) {
|
||||
chip->irq_mask_ack(data);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
chip->mask(irq);
|
||||
chip->ack(irq);
|
||||
chip->irq_mask(data);
|
||||
chip->irq_ack(data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
noop(irq)
|
||||
noop(struct irq_data *data))
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -278,12 +284,27 @@ noop(irq)
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
desc->chip->start();
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_mask();
|
||||
handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
|
||||
desc->chip->end();
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_unmask();
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3 id="Default_FASTEOI_IRQ_flow_handler">
|
||||
<title>Default Fast EOI IRQ flow handler</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
handle_fasteoi_irq provides a generic implementation
|
||||
for interrupts, which only need an EOI at the end of
|
||||
the handler
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_eoi();
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
<sect3 id="Default_Edge_IRQ_flow_handler">
|
||||
<title>Default Edge IRQ flow handler</title>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
|
@ -294,20 +315,19 @@ desc->chip->end();
|
|||
The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
if (desc->status & running) {
|
||||
desc->chip->hold();
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_mask();
|
||||
desc->status |= pending | masked;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
desc->chip->start();
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_ack();
|
||||
desc->status |= running;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (desc->status & masked)
|
||||
desc->chip->enable();
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_unmask();
|
||||
desc->status &= ~pending;
|
||||
handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
|
||||
} while (status & pending);
|
||||
desc->status &= ~running;
|
||||
desc->chip->end();
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
@ -342,9 +362,9 @@ handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
|
||||
<programlisting>
|
||||
desc->chip->start();
|
||||
handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
|
||||
desc->chip->end();
|
||||
if (desc->chip->irq_eoi)
|
||||
desc->chip->irq_eoi();
|
||||
</programlisting>
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect3>
|
||||
|
@ -375,8 +395,7 @@ desc->chip->end();
|
|||
mechanism. (It's necessary to enable CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND when
|
||||
you want to use the delayed interrupt disable feature and your
|
||||
hardware is not capable of retriggering an interrupt.)
|
||||
The delayed interrupt disable can be runtime enabled, per interrupt,
|
||||
by setting the IRQ_DELAYED_DISABLE flag in the irq_desc status field.
|
||||
The delayed interrupt disable is not configurable.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect2>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
|
@ -387,13 +406,13 @@ desc->chip->end();
|
|||
contains all the direct chip relevant functions, which
|
||||
can be utilized by the irq flow implementations.
|
||||
<itemizedlist>
|
||||
<listitem><para>ack()</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>mask()</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>unmask()</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>retrigger() - Optional</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>set_type() - Optional</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>set_wake() - Optional</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_ack()</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_mask()</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_unmask()</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_retrigger() - Optional</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_set_type() - Optional</para></listitem>
|
||||
<listitem><para>irq_set_wake() - Optional</para></listitem>
|
||||
</itemizedlist>
|
||||
These primitives are strictly intended to mean what they say: ack means
|
||||
ACK, masking means masking of an IRQ line, etc. It is up to the flow
|
||||
|
@ -458,6 +477,7 @@ desc->chip->end();
|
|||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the internal functions.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Ikernel/irq/irqdesc.c
|
||||
!Ikernel/irq/handle.c
|
||||
!Ikernel/irq/chip.c
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -257,7 +257,8 @@ X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c
|
|||
!Iblock/blk-sysfs.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-settings.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-exec.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-barrier.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-flush.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-lib.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Iblock/blk-tag.c
|
||||
!Eblock/blk-integrity.c
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1645,7 +1645,9 @@ the amount of locking which needs to be done.
|
|||
all the readers who were traversing the list when we deleted the
|
||||
element are finished. We use <function>call_rcu()</function> to
|
||||
register a callback which will actually destroy the object once
|
||||
the readers are finished.
|
||||
all pre-existing readers are finished. Alternatively,
|
||||
<function>synchronize_rcu()</function> may be used to block until
|
||||
all pre-existing are finished.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
But how does Read Copy Update know when the readers are
|
||||
|
@ -1714,7 +1716,7 @@ the amount of locking which needs to be done.
|
|||
- object_put(obj);
|
||||
+ list_del_rcu(&obj->list);
|
||||
cache_num--;
|
||||
+ call_rcu(&obj->rcu, cache_delete_rcu, obj);
|
||||
+ call_rcu(&obj->rcu, cache_delete_rcu);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Must be holding cache_lock */
|
||||
|
@ -1725,14 +1727,6 @@ the amount of locking which needs to be done.
|
|||
if (++cache_num > MAX_CACHE_SIZE) {
|
||||
struct object *i, *outcast = NULL;
|
||||
list_for_each_entry(i, &cache, list) {
|
||||
@@ -85,6 +94,7 @@
|
||||
obj->popularity = 0;
|
||||
atomic_set(&obj->refcnt, 1); /* The cache holds a reference */
|
||||
spin_lock_init(&obj->lock);
|
||||
+ INIT_RCU_HEAD(&obj->rcu);
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock_irqsave(&cache_lock, flags);
|
||||
__cache_add(obj);
|
||||
@@ -104,12 +114,11 @@
|
||||
struct object *cache_find(int id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
|
||||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
|
||||
|
||||
<book id="mac80211-developers-guide">
|
||||
<bookinfo>
|
||||
<title>The mac80211 subsystem for kernel developers</title>
|
||||
|
||||
<authorgroup>
|
||||
<author>
|
||||
<firstname>Johannes</firstname>
|
||||
<surname>Berg</surname>
|
||||
<affiliation>
|
||||
<address><email>johannes@sipsolutions.net</email></address>
|
||||
</affiliation>
|
||||
</author>
|
||||
</authorgroup>
|
||||
|
||||
<copyright>
|
||||
<year>2007-2009</year>
|
||||
<holder>Johannes Berg</holder>
|
||||
</copyright>
|
||||
|
||||
<legalnotice>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
|
||||
it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||
License along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
|
||||
MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
For more details see the file COPYING in the source
|
||||
distribution of Linux.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</legalnotice>
|
||||
|
||||
<abstract>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Introduction
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Warning
|
||||
</abstract>
|
||||
</bookinfo>
|
||||
|
||||
<toc></toc>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
Generally, this document shall be ordered by increasing complexity.
|
||||
It is important to note that readers should be able to read only
|
||||
the first few sections to get a working driver and only advanced
|
||||
usage should require reading the full document.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<part>
|
||||
<title>The basic mac80211 driver interface</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
You should read and understand the information contained
|
||||
within this part of the book while implementing a driver.
|
||||
In some chapters, advanced usage is noted, that may be
|
||||
skipped at first.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This part of the book only covers station and monitor mode
|
||||
functionality, additional information required to implement
|
||||
the other modes is covered in the second part of the book.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="basics">
|
||||
<title>Basic hardware handling</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter shall contain information on getting a hw
|
||||
struct allocated and registered with mac80211.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Since it is required to allocate rates/modes before registering
|
||||
a hw struct, this chapter shall also contain information on setting
|
||||
up the rate/mode structs.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Additionally, some discussion about the callbacks and
|
||||
the general programming model should be in here, including
|
||||
the definition of ieee80211_ops which will be referred to
|
||||
a lot.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Finally, a discussion of hardware capabilities should be done
|
||||
with references to other parts of the book.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order -->
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_hw_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_DEV
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ops
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_alloc_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_register_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_tx_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_rx_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_radio_led_name
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_unregister_hw
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_free_hw
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="phy-handling">
|
||||
<title>PHY configuration</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter should describe PHY handling including
|
||||
start/stop callbacks and the various structures used.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_conf_flags
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="iface-handling">
|
||||
<title>Virtual interfaces</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This chapter should describe virtual interface basics
|
||||
that are relevant to the driver (VLANs, MGMT etc are not.)
|
||||
It should explain the use of the add_iface/remove_iface
|
||||
callbacks as well as the interface configuration callbacks.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>Things related to AP mode should be discussed there.</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Things related to supporting multiple interfaces should be
|
||||
in the appropriate chapter, a BIG FAT note should be here about
|
||||
this though and the recommendation to allow only a single
|
||||
interface in STA mode at first!
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_vif
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="rx-tx">
|
||||
<title>Receive and transmit processing</title>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>what should be here</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This should describe the receive and transmit
|
||||
paths in mac80211/the drivers as well as
|
||||
transmit status handling.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Frame format</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame format
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Packet alignment</title>
|
||||
!Pnet/mac80211/rx.c Packet alignment
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Calling into mac80211 from interrupts</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Calling mac80211 from interrupts
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>functions/definitions</title>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h mac80211_rx_flags
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_info
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rx_irqsafe
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_get
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rts_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_get
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_generic_frame_duration
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queue
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_wake_queues
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_queues
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="filters">
|
||||
<title>Frame filtering</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Frame filtering
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_filter_flags
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="advanced">
|
||||
<title>Advanced driver interface</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Information contained within this part of the book is
|
||||
of interest only for advanced interaction of mac80211
|
||||
with drivers to exploit more hardware capabilities and
|
||||
improve performance.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="hardware-crypto-offload">
|
||||
<title>Hardware crypto acceleration</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Hardware crypto acceleration
|
||||
<!-- intentionally multiple !F lines to get proper order -->
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h set_key_cmd
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_conf
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_alg
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_key_flags
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="powersave">
|
||||
<title>Powersave support</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Powersave support
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="beacon-filter">
|
||||
<title>Beacon filter support</title>
|
||||
!Pinclude/net/mac80211.h Beacon filter support
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_loss
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="qos">
|
||||
<title>Multiple queues and QoS support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_queue_params
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="AP">
|
||||
<title>Access point mode support</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>Some parts of the if_conf should be discussed here instead</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Insert notes about VLAN interfaces with hw crypto here or
|
||||
in the hw crypto chapter.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_get_buffered_bc
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_beacon_get
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="multi-iface">
|
||||
<title>Supporting multiple virtual interfaces</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Note: WDS with identical MAC address should almost always be OK
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
Insert notes about having multiple virtual interfaces with
|
||||
different MAC addresses here, note which configurations are
|
||||
supported by mac80211, add notes about supporting hw crypto
|
||||
with it.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="hardware-scan-offload">
|
||||
<title>Hardware scan offload</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_scan_completed
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="rate-control">
|
||||
<title>Rate control interface</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This part of the book describes the rate control algorithm
|
||||
interface and how it relates to mac80211 and drivers.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
<chapter id="dummy">
|
||||
<title>dummy chapter</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
|
||||
<part id="internal">
|
||||
<title>Internals</title>
|
||||
<partintro>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>
|
||||
This part of the book describes mac80211 internals.
|
||||
</para>
|
||||
</partintro>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="key-handling">
|
||||
<title>Key handling</title>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Key handling basics</title>
|
||||
!Pnet/mac80211/key.c Key handling basics
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>MORE TBD</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="rx-processing">
|
||||
<title>Receive processing</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="tx-processing">
|
||||
<title>Transmit processing</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="sta-info">
|
||||
<title>Station info handling</title>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>Programming information</title>
|
||||
!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h sta_info
|
||||
!Fnet/mac80211/sta_info.h ieee80211_sta_info_flags
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
<sect1>
|
||||
<title>STA information lifetime rules</title>
|
||||
!Pnet/mac80211/sta_info.c STA information lifetime rules
|
||||
</sect1>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
|
||||
<chapter id="synchronisation">
|
||||
<title>Synchronisation</title>
|
||||
<para>TBD</para>
|
||||
<para>Locking, lots of RCU</para>
|
||||
</chapter>
|
||||
</part>
|
||||
</book>
|
|
@ -218,13 +218,22 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
|||
include:
|
||||
|
||||
a. Keeping a count of the number of data-structure elements
|
||||
used by the RCU-protected data structure, including those
|
||||
waiting for a grace period to elapse. Enforce a limit
|
||||
on this number, stalling updates as needed to allow
|
||||
previously deferred frees to complete.
|
||||
used by the RCU-protected data structure, including
|
||||
those waiting for a grace period to elapse. Enforce a
|
||||
limit on this number, stalling updates as needed to allow
|
||||
previously deferred frees to complete. Alternatively,
|
||||
limit only the number awaiting deferred free rather than
|
||||
the total number of elements.
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, limit only the number awaiting deferred
|
||||
free rather than the total number of elements.
|
||||
One way to stall the updates is to acquire the update-side
|
||||
mutex. (Don't try this with a spinlock -- other CPUs
|
||||
spinning on the lock could prevent the grace period
|
||||
from ever ending.) Another way to stall the updates
|
||||
is for the updates to use a wrapper function around
|
||||
the memory allocator, so that this wrapper function
|
||||
simulates OOM when there is too much memory awaiting an
|
||||
RCU grace period. There are of course many other
|
||||
variations on this theme.
|
||||
|
||||
b. Limiting update rate. For example, if updates occur only
|
||||
once per hour, then no explicit rate limiting is required,
|
||||
|
@ -365,3 +374,26 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
|
|||
and the compiler to freely reorder code into and out of RCU
|
||||
read-side critical sections. It is the responsibility of the
|
||||
RCU update-side primitives to deal with this.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Use CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD, and
|
||||
the __rcu sparse checks to validate your RCU code. These
|
||||
can help find problems as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_PROVE_RCU: check that accesses to RCU-protected data
|
||||
structures are carried out under the proper RCU
|
||||
read-side critical section, while holding the right
|
||||
combination of locks, or whatever other conditions
|
||||
are appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD: check that you don't pass the
|
||||
same object to call_rcu() (or friends) before an RCU
|
||||
grace period has elapsed since the last time that you
|
||||
passed that same object to call_rcu() (or friends).
|
||||
|
||||
__rcu sparse checks: tag the pointer to the RCU-protected data
|
||||
structure with __rcu, and sparse will warn you if you
|
||||
access that pointer without the services of one of the
|
||||
variants of rcu_dereference().
|
||||
|
||||
These debugging aids can help you find problems that are
|
||||
otherwise extremely difficult to spot.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -80,6 +80,24 @@ o A CPU looping with bottom halves disabled. This condition can
|
|||
o For !CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels, a CPU looping anywhere in the kernel
|
||||
without invoking schedule().
|
||||
|
||||
o A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPT kernel, which might
|
||||
happen to preempt a low-priority task in the middle of an RCU
|
||||
read-side critical section. This is especially damaging if
|
||||
that low-priority task is not permitted to run on any other CPU,
|
||||
in which case the next RCU grace period can never complete, which
|
||||
will eventually cause the system to run out of memory and hang.
|
||||
While the system is in the process of running itself out of
|
||||
memory, you might see stall-warning messages.
|
||||
|
||||
o A CPU-bound real-time task in a CONFIG_PREEMPT_RT kernel that
|
||||
is running at a higher priority than the RCU softirq threads.
|
||||
This will prevent RCU callbacks from ever being invoked,
|
||||
and in a CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernel will further prevent
|
||||
RCU grace periods from ever completing. Either way, the
|
||||
system will eventually run out of memory and hang. In the
|
||||
CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU case, you might see stall-warning
|
||||
messages.
|
||||
|
||||
o A bug in the RCU implementation.
|
||||
|
||||
o A hardware failure. This is quite unlikely, but has occurred
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -125,6 +125,17 @@ o "b" is the batch limit for this CPU. If more than this number
|
|||
of RCU callbacks is ready to invoke, then the remainder will
|
||||
be deferred.
|
||||
|
||||
o "ci" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been invoked for
|
||||
this CPU. Note that ci+ql is the number of callbacks that have
|
||||
been registered in absence of CPU-hotplug activity.
|
||||
|
||||
o "co" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been orphaned due to
|
||||
this CPU going offline.
|
||||
|
||||
o "ca" is the number of RCU callbacks that have been adopted due to
|
||||
other CPUs going offline. Note that ci+co-ca+ql is the number of
|
||||
RCU callbacks registered on this CPU.
|
||||
|
||||
There is also an rcu/rcudata.csv file with the same information in
|
||||
comma-separated-variable spreadsheet format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -180,7 +191,7 @@ o "s" is the "signaled" state that drives force_quiescent_state()'s
|
|||
|
||||
o "jfq" is the number of jiffies remaining for this grace period
|
||||
before force_quiescent_state() is invoked to help push things
|
||||
along. Note that CPUs in dyntick-idle mode thoughout the grace
|
||||
along. Note that CPUs in dyntick-idle mode throughout the grace
|
||||
period will not report on their own, but rather must be check by
|
||||
some other CPU via force_quiescent_state().
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ Interrupts
|
|||
- ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation
|
||||
IXP2000
|
||||
- Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP2000 Network Processor
|
||||
msm
|
||||
- MSM specific documentation
|
||||
Netwinder
|
||||
- Netwinder specific documentation
|
||||
Porting
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
|||
Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legned(C) ,Inc.
|
||||
Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc.
|
||||
http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn
|
||||
and software/linux mainatined by Coventive(C),Inc.
|
||||
and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc.
|
||||
(http://www.coventive.com)
|
||||
|
||||
Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
|||
This document provides an overview of the msm_gpiomux interface, which
|
||||
is used to provide gpio pin multiplexing and configuration on mach-msm
|
||||
targets.
|
||||
|
||||
History
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
The first-generation API for gpio configuration & multiplexing on msm
|
||||
is the function gpio_tlmm_config(). This function has a few notable
|
||||
shortcomings, which led to its deprecation and replacement by gpiomux:
|
||||
|
||||
The 'disable' parameter: Setting the second parameter to
|
||||
gpio_tlmm_config to GPIO_CFG_DISABLE tells the peripheral
|
||||
processor in charge of the subsystem to perform a look-up into a
|
||||
low-power table and apply the low-power/sleep setting for the pin.
|
||||
As the msm family evolved this became problematic. Not all pins
|
||||
have sleep settings, not all peripheral processors will accept requests
|
||||
to apply said sleep settings, and not all msm targets have their gpio
|
||||
subsystems managed by a peripheral processor. In order to get consistent
|
||||
behavior on all targets, drivers are forced to ignore this parameter,
|
||||
rendering it useless.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'direction' flag: for all mux-settings other than raw-gpio (0),
|
||||
the output-enable bit of a gpio is hard-wired to a known
|
||||
input (usually VDD or ground). For those settings, the direction flag
|
||||
is meaningless at best, and deceptive at worst. In addition, using the
|
||||
direction flag to change output-enable (OE) directly can cause trouble in
|
||||
gpiolib, which has no visibility into gpio direction changes made
|
||||
in this way. Direction control in gpio mode should be made through gpiolib.
|
||||
|
||||
Key Features of gpiomux
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
- A consistent interface across all generations of msm. Drivers can expect
|
||||
the same results on every target.
|
||||
- gpiomux plays nicely with gpiolib. Functions that should belong to gpiolib
|
||||
are left to gpiolib and not duplicated here. gpiomux is written with the
|
||||
intent that gpio_chips will call gpiomux reference-counting methods
|
||||
from their request() and free() hooks, providing full integration.
|
||||
- Tabular configuration. Instead of having to call gpio_tlmm_config
|
||||
hundreds of times, gpio configuration is placed in a single table.
|
||||
- Per-gpio sleep. Each gpio is individually reference counted, allowing only
|
||||
those lines which are in use to be put in high-power states.
|
||||
- 0 means 'do nothing': all flags are designed so that the default memset-zero
|
||||
equates to a sensible default of 'no configuration', preventing users
|
||||
from having to provide hundreds of 'no-op' configs for unused or
|
||||
unwanted lines.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage
|
||||
=====
|
||||
|
||||
To use gpiomux, provide configuration information for relevant gpio lines
|
||||
in the msm_gpiomux_configs table. Since a 0 equates to "unconfigured",
|
||||
only those lines to be managed by gpiomux need to be specified. Here
|
||||
is a completely fictional example:
|
||||
|
||||
struct msm_gpiomux_config msm_gpiomux_configs[GPIOMUX_NGPIOS] = {
|
||||
[12] = {
|
||||
.active = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_DRV_8MA | GPIOMUX_FUNC_1,
|
||||
.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
|
||||
},
|
||||
[34] = {
|
||||
.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
|
||||
},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
To indicate that a gpio is in use, call msm_gpiomux_get() to increase
|
||||
its reference count. To decrease the reference count, call msm_gpiomux_put().
|
||||
|
||||
The effect of this configuration is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
When the system boots, gpios 12 and 34 will be initialized with their
|
||||
'suspended' configurations. All other gpios, which were left unconfigured,
|
||||
will not be touched.
|
||||
|
||||
When msm_gpiomux_get() is called on gpio 12 to raise its reference count
|
||||
above 0, its active configuration will be applied. Since no other gpio
|
||||
line has a valid active configuration, msm_gpiomux_get() will have no
|
||||
effect on any other line.
|
||||
|
||||
When msm_gpiomux_put() is called on gpio 12 or 34 to drop their reference
|
||||
count to 0, their suspended configurations will be applied.
|
||||
Since no other gpio line has a valid suspended configuration, no other
|
||||
gpio line will be effected by msm_gpiomux_put(). Since gpio 34 has no valid
|
||||
active configuration, this is effectively a no-op for gpio 34 as well,
|
||||
with one small caveat, see the section "About Output-Enable Settings".
|
||||
|
||||
All of the GPIOMUX_VALID flags may seem like unnecessary overhead, but
|
||||
they address some important issues. As unused entries (all those
|
||||
except 12 and 34) are zero-filled, gpiomux needs a way to distinguish
|
||||
the used fields from the unused. In addition, the all-zero pattern
|
||||
is a valid configuration! Therefore, gpiomux defines an additional bit
|
||||
which is used to indicate when a field is used. This has the pleasant
|
||||
side-effect of allowing calls to msm_gpiomux_write to use '0' to indicate
|
||||
that a value should not be changed:
|
||||
|
||||
msm_gpiomux_write(0, GPIOMUX_VALID, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
replaces the active configuration of gpio 0 with an all-zero configuration,
|
||||
but leaves the suspended configuration as it was.
|
||||
|
||||
Static Configurations
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
To install a static configuration, which is applied at boot and does
|
||||
not change after that, install a configuration with a suspended component
|
||||
but no active component, as in the previous example:
|
||||
|
||||
[34] = {
|
||||
.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
The suspended setting is applied during boot, and the lack of any valid
|
||||
active setting prevents any other setting from being applied at runtime.
|
||||
If other subsystems attempting to access the line is a concern, one could
|
||||
*really* anchor the configuration down by calling msm_gpiomux_get on the
|
||||
line at initialization to move the line into active mode. With the line
|
||||
held, it will never be re-suspended, and with no valid active configuration,
|
||||
no new configurations will be applied.
|
||||
|
||||
But then, if having other subsystems grabbing for the line is truly a concern,
|
||||
it should be reserved with gpio_request instead, which carries an implicit
|
||||
msm_gpiomux_get.
|
||||
|
||||
gpiomux and gpiolib
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
It is expected that msm gpio_chips will call msm_gpiomux_get() and
|
||||
msm_gpiomux_put() from their request and free hooks, like this fictional
|
||||
example:
|
||||
|
||||
static int request(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return msm_gpiomux_get(chip->base + offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void free(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
msm_gpiomux_put(chip->base + offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
...somewhere in a gpio_chip declaration...
|
||||
.request = request,
|
||||
.free = free,
|
||||
|
||||
This provides important functionality:
|
||||
- It guarantees that a gpio line will have its 'active' config applied
|
||||
when the line is requested, and will not be suspended while the line
|
||||
remains requested; and
|
||||
- It guarantees that gpio-direction settings from gpiolib behave sensibly.
|
||||
See "About Output-Enable Settings."
|
||||
|
||||
This mechanism allows for "auto-request" of gpiomux lines via gpiolib
|
||||
when it is suitable. Drivers wishing more exact control are, of course,
|
||||
free to also use msm_gpiomux_set and msm_gpiomux_get.
|
||||
|
||||
About Output-Enable Settings
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
||||
Some msm targets do not have the ability to query the current gpio
|
||||
configuration setting. This means that changes made to the output-enable
|
||||
(OE) bit by gpiolib cannot be consistently detected and preserved by gpiomux.
|
||||
Therefore, when gpiomux applies a configuration setting, any direction
|
||||
settings which may have been applied by gpiolib are lost and the default
|
||||
input settings are re-applied.
|
||||
|
||||
For this reason, drivers should not assume that gpio direction settings
|
||||
continue to hold if they free and then re-request a gpio. This seems like
|
||||
common sense - after all, anybody could have obtained the line in the
|
||||
meantime - but it needs saying.
|
||||
|
||||
This also means that calls to msm_gpiomux_write will reset the OE bit,
|
||||
which means that if the gpio line is held by a client of gpiolib and
|
||||
msm_gpiomux_write is called, the direction setting has been lost and
|
||||
gpiolib's internal state has been broken.
|
||||
Release gpio lines before reconfiguring them.
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
|
|||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- This file
|
||||
barrier.txt
|
||||
- I/O Barriers
|
||||
biodoc.txt
|
||||
- Notes on the Generic Block Layer Rewrite in Linux 2.5
|
||||
capability.txt
|
||||
|
@ -16,3 +14,5 @@ stat.txt
|
|||
- Block layer statistics in /sys/block/<dev>/stat
|
||||
switching-sched.txt
|
||||
- Switching I/O schedulers at runtime
|
||||
writeback_cache_control.txt
|
||||
- Control of volatile write back caches
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
|
|||
I/O Barriers
|
||||
============
|
||||
Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>, July 22 2005
|
||||
|
||||
I/O barrier requests are used to guarantee ordering around the barrier
|
||||
requests. Unless you're crazy enough to use disk drives for
|
||||
implementing synchronization constructs (wow, sounds interesting...),
|
||||
the ordering is meaningful only for write requests for things like
|
||||
journal checkpoints. All requests queued before a barrier request
|
||||
must be finished (made it to the physical medium) before the barrier
|
||||
request is started, and all requests queued after the barrier request
|
||||
must be started only after the barrier request is finished (again,
|
||||
made it to the physical medium).
|
||||
|
||||
In other words, I/O barrier requests have the following two properties.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Request ordering
|
||||
|
||||
Requests cannot pass the barrier request. Preceding requests are
|
||||
processed before the barrier and following requests after.
|
||||
|
||||
Depending on what features a drive supports, this can be done in one
|
||||
of the following three ways.
|
||||
|
||||
i. For devices which have queue depth greater than 1 (TCQ devices) and
|
||||
support ordered tags, block layer can just issue the barrier as an
|
||||
ordered request and the lower level driver, controller and drive
|
||||
itself are responsible for making sure that the ordering constraint is
|
||||
met. Most modern SCSI controllers/drives should support this.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: SCSI ordered tag isn't currently used due to limitation in the
|
||||
SCSI midlayer, see the following random notes section.
|
||||
|
||||
ii. For devices which have queue depth greater than 1 but don't
|
||||
support ordered tags, block layer ensures that the requests preceding
|
||||
a barrier request finishes before issuing the barrier request. Also,
|
||||
it defers requests following the barrier until the barrier request is
|
||||
finished. Older SCSI controllers/drives and SATA drives fall in this
|
||||
category.
|
||||
|
||||
iii. Devices which have queue depth of 1. This is a degenerate case
|
||||
of ii. Just keeping issue order suffices. Ancient SCSI
|
||||
controllers/drives and IDE drives are in this category.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Forced flushing to physical medium
|
||||
|
||||
Again, if you're not gonna do synchronization with disk drives (dang,
|
||||
it sounds even more appealing now!), the reason you use I/O barriers
|
||||
is mainly to protect filesystem integrity when power failure or some
|
||||
other events abruptly stop the drive from operating and possibly make
|
||||
the drive lose data in its cache. So, I/O barriers need to guarantee
|
||||
that requests actually get written to non-volatile medium in order.
|
||||
|
||||
There are four cases,
|
||||
|
||||
i. No write-back cache. Keeping requests ordered is enough.
|
||||
|
||||
ii. Write-back cache but no flush operation. There's no way to
|
||||
guarantee physical-medium commit order. This kind of devices can't to
|
||||
I/O barriers.
|
||||
|
||||
iii. Write-back cache and flush operation but no FUA (forced unit
|
||||
access). We need two cache flushes - before and after the barrier
|
||||
request.
|
||||
|
||||
iv. Write-back cache, flush operation and FUA. We still need one
|
||||
flush to make sure requests preceding a barrier are written to medium,
|
||||
but post-barrier flush can be avoided by using FUA write on the
|
||||
barrier itself.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
How to support barrier requests in drivers
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
All barrier handling is done inside block layer proper. All low level
|
||||
drivers have to are implementing its prepare_flush_fn and using one
|
||||
the following two functions to indicate what barrier type it supports
|
||||
and how to prepare flush requests. Note that the term 'ordered' is
|
||||
used to indicate the whole sequence of performing barrier requests
|
||||
including draining and flushing.
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void (prepare_flush_fn)(struct request_queue *q, struct request *rq);
|
||||
|
||||
int blk_queue_ordered(struct request_queue *q, unsigned ordered,
|
||||
prepare_flush_fn *prepare_flush_fn);
|
||||
|
||||
@q : the queue in question
|
||||
@ordered : the ordered mode the driver/device supports
|
||||
@prepare_flush_fn : this function should prepare @rq such that it
|
||||
flushes cache to physical medium when executed
|
||||
|
||||
For example, SCSI disk driver's prepare_flush_fn looks like the
|
||||
following.
|
||||
|
||||
static void sd_prepare_flush(struct request_queue *q, struct request *rq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memset(rq->cmd, 0, sizeof(rq->cmd));
|
||||
rq->cmd_type = REQ_TYPE_BLOCK_PC;
|
||||
rq->timeout = SD_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
rq->cmd[0] = SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE;
|
||||
rq->cmd_len = 10;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
The following seven ordered modes are supported. The following table
|
||||
shows which mode should be used depending on what features a
|
||||
device/driver supports. In the leftmost column of table,
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_ prefix is omitted from the mode names to save space.
|
||||
|
||||
The table is followed by description of each mode. Note that in the
|
||||
descriptions of QUEUE_ORDERED_DRAIN*, '=>' is used whereas '->' is
|
||||
used for QUEUE_ORDERED_TAG* descriptions. '=>' indicates that the
|
||||
preceding step must be complete before proceeding to the next step.
|
||||
'->' indicates that the next step can start as soon as the previous
|
||||
step is issued.
|
||||
|
||||
write-back cache ordered tag flush FUA
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
NONE yes/no N/A no N/A
|
||||
DRAIN no no N/A N/A
|
||||
DRAIN_FLUSH yes no yes no
|
||||
DRAIN_FUA yes no yes yes
|
||||
TAG no yes N/A N/A
|
||||
TAG_FLUSH yes yes yes no
|
||||
TAG_FUA yes yes yes yes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_NONE
|
||||
I/O barriers are not needed and/or supported.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: N/A
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_DRAIN
|
||||
Requests are ordered by draining the request queue and cache
|
||||
flushing isn't needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: drain => barrier
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_DRAIN_FLUSH
|
||||
Requests are ordered by draining the request queue and both
|
||||
pre-barrier and post-barrier cache flushings are needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: drain => preflush => barrier => postflush
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_DRAIN_FUA
|
||||
Requests are ordered by draining the request queue and
|
||||
pre-barrier cache flushing is needed. By using FUA on barrier
|
||||
request, post-barrier flushing can be skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: drain => preflush => barrier
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_TAG
|
||||
Requests are ordered by ordered tag and cache flushing isn't
|
||||
needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: barrier
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_TAG_FLUSH
|
||||
Requests are ordered by ordered tag and both pre-barrier and
|
||||
post-barrier cache flushings are needed.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: preflush -> barrier -> postflush
|
||||
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_TAG_FUA
|
||||
Requests are ordered by ordered tag and pre-barrier cache
|
||||
flushing is needed. By using FUA on barrier request,
|
||||
post-barrier flushing can be skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
Sequence: preflush -> barrier
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Random notes/caveats
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
* SCSI layer currently can't use TAG ordering even if the drive,
|
||||
controller and driver support it. The problem is that SCSI midlayer
|
||||
request dispatch function is not atomic. It releases queue lock and
|
||||
switch to SCSI host lock during issue and it's possible and likely to
|
||||
happen in time that requests change their relative positions. Once
|
||||
this problem is solved, TAG ordering can be enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
* Currently, no matter which ordered mode is used, there can be only
|
||||
one barrier request in progress. All I/O barriers are held off by
|
||||
block layer until the previous I/O barrier is complete. This doesn't
|
||||
make any difference for DRAIN ordered devices, but, for TAG ordered
|
||||
devices with very high command latency, passing multiple I/O barriers
|
||||
to low level *might* be helpful if they are very frequent. Well, this
|
||||
certainly is a non-issue. I'm writing this just to make clear that no
|
||||
two I/O barrier is ever passed to low-level driver.
|
||||
|
||||
* Completion order. Requests in ordered sequence are issued in order
|
||||
but not required to finish in order. Barrier implementation can
|
||||
handle out-of-order completion of ordered sequence. IOW, the requests
|
||||
MUST be processed in order but the hardware/software completion paths
|
||||
are allowed to reorder completion notifications - eg. current SCSI
|
||||
midlayer doesn't preserve completion order during error handling.
|
||||
|
||||
* Requeueing order. Low-level drivers are free to requeue any request
|
||||
after they removed it from the request queue with
|
||||
blkdev_dequeue_request(). As barrier sequence should be kept in order
|
||||
when requeued, generic elevator code takes care of putting requests in
|
||||
order around barrier. See blk_ordered_req_seq() and
|
||||
ELEVATOR_INSERT_REQUEUE handling in __elv_add_request() for details.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that block drivers must not requeue preceding requests while
|
||||
completing latter requests in an ordered sequence. Currently, no
|
||||
error checking is done against this.
|
||||
|
||||
* Error handling. Currently, block layer will report error to upper
|
||||
layer if any of requests in an ordered sequence fails. Unfortunately,
|
||||
this doesn't seem to be enough. Look at the following request flow.
|
||||
QUEUE_ORDERED_TAG_FLUSH is in use.
|
||||
|
||||
[0] [1] [2] [3] [pre] [barrier] [post] < [4] [5] [6] ... >
|
||||
still in elevator
|
||||
|
||||
Let's say request [2], [3] are write requests to update file system
|
||||
metadata (journal or whatever) and [barrier] is used to mark that
|
||||
those updates are valid. Consider the following sequence.
|
||||
|
||||
i. Requests [0] ~ [post] leaves the request queue and enters
|
||||
low-level driver.
|
||||
ii. After a while, unfortunately, something goes wrong and the
|
||||
drive fails [2]. Note that any of [0], [1] and [3] could have
|
||||
completed by this time, but [pre] couldn't have been finished
|
||||
as the drive must process it in order and it failed before
|
||||
processing that command.
|
||||
iii. Error handling kicks in and determines that the error is
|
||||
unrecoverable and fails [2], and resumes operation.
|
||||
iv. [pre] [barrier] [post] gets processed.
|
||||
v. *BOOM* power fails
|
||||
|
||||
The problem here is that the barrier request is *supposed* to indicate
|
||||
that filesystem update requests [2] and [3] made it safely to the
|
||||
physical medium and, if the machine crashes after the barrier is
|
||||
written, filesystem recovery code can depend on that. Sadly, that
|
||||
isn't true in this case anymore. IOW, the success of a I/O barrier
|
||||
should also be dependent on success of some of the preceding requests,
|
||||
where only upper layer (filesystem) knows what 'some' is.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be solved by implementing a way to tell the block layer which
|
||||
requests affect the success of the following barrier request and
|
||||
making lower lever drivers to resume operation on error only after
|
||||
block layer tells it to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
As the probability of this happening is very low and the drive should
|
||||
be faulty, implementing the fix is probably an overkill. But, still,
|
||||
it's there.
|
||||
|
||||
* In previous drafts of barrier implementation, there was fallback
|
||||
mechanism such that, if FUA or ordered TAG fails, less fancy ordered
|
||||
mode can be selected and the failed barrier request is retried
|
||||
automatically. The rationale for this feature was that as FUA is
|
||||
pretty new in ATA world and ordered tag was never used widely, there
|
||||
could be devices which report to support those features but choke when
|
||||
actually given such requests.
|
||||
|
||||
This was removed for two reasons 1. it's an overkill 2. it's
|
||||
impossible to implement properly when TAG ordering is used as low
|
||||
level drivers resume after an error automatically. If it's ever
|
||||
needed adding it back and modifying low level drivers accordingly
|
||||
shouldn't be difficult.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Explicit volatile write back cache control
|
||||
=====================================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
Many storage devices, especially in the consumer market, come with volatile
|
||||
write back caches. That means the devices signal I/O completion to the
|
||||
operating system before data actually has hit the non-volatile storage. This
|
||||
behavior obviously speeds up various workloads, but it means the operating
|
||||
system needs to force data out to the non-volatile storage when it performs
|
||||
a data integrity operation like fsync, sync or an unmount.
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux block layer provides two simple mechanisms that let filesystems
|
||||
control the caching behavior of the storage device. These mechanisms are
|
||||
a forced cache flush, and the Force Unit Access (FUA) flag for requests.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Explicit cache flushes
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The REQ_FLUSH flag can be OR ed into the r/w flags of a bio submitted from
|
||||
the filesystem and will make sure the volatile cache of the storage device
|
||||
has been flushed before the actual I/O operation is started. This explicitly
|
||||
guarantees that previously completed write requests are on non-volatile
|
||||
storage before the flagged bio starts. In addition the REQ_FLUSH flag can be
|
||||
set on an otherwise empty bio structure, which causes only an explicit cache
|
||||
flush without any dependent I/O. It is recommend to use
|
||||
the blkdev_issue_flush() helper for a pure cache flush.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Forced Unit Access
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
The REQ_FUA flag can be OR ed into the r/w flags of a bio submitted from the
|
||||
filesystem and will make sure that I/O completion for this request is only
|
||||
signaled after the data has been committed to non-volatile storage.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Implementation details for filesystems
|
||||
--------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Filesystems can simply set the REQ_FLUSH and REQ_FUA bits and do not have to
|
||||
worry if the underlying devices need any explicit cache flushing and how
|
||||
the Forced Unit Access is implemented. The REQ_FLUSH and REQ_FUA flags
|
||||
may both be set on a single bio.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Implementation details for make_request_fn based block drivers
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
These drivers will always see the REQ_FLUSH and REQ_FUA bits as they sit
|
||||
directly below the submit_bio interface. For remapping drivers the REQ_FUA
|
||||
bits need to be propagated to underlying devices, and a global flush needs
|
||||
to be implemented for bios with the REQ_FLUSH bit set. For real device
|
||||
drivers that do not have a volatile cache the REQ_FLUSH and REQ_FUA bits
|
||||
on non-empty bios can simply be ignored, and REQ_FLUSH requests without
|
||||
data can be completed successfully without doing any work. Drivers for
|
||||
devices with volatile caches need to implement the support for these
|
||||
flags themselves without any help from the block layer.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Implementation details for request_fn based block drivers
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For devices that do not support volatile write caches there is no driver
|
||||
support required, the block layer completes empty REQ_FLUSH requests before
|
||||
entering the driver and strips off the REQ_FLUSH and REQ_FUA bits from
|
||||
requests that have a payload. For devices with volatile write caches the
|
||||
driver needs to tell the block layer that it supports flushing caches by
|
||||
doing:
|
||||
|
||||
blk_queue_flush(sdkp->disk->queue, REQ_FLUSH);
|
||||
|
||||
and handle empty REQ_FLUSH requests in its prep_fn/request_fn. Note that
|
||||
REQ_FLUSH requests with a payload are automatically turned into a sequence
|
||||
of an empty REQ_FLUSH request followed by the actual write by the block
|
||||
layer. For devices that also support the FUA bit the block layer needs
|
||||
to be told to pass through the REQ_FUA bit using:
|
||||
|
||||
blk_queue_flush(sdkp->disk->queue, REQ_FLUSH | REQ_FUA);
|
||||
|
||||
and the driver must handle write requests that have the REQ_FUA bit set
|
||||
in prep_fn/request_fn. If the FUA bit is not natively supported the block
|
||||
layer turns it into an empty REQ_FLUSH request after the actual write.
|
|
@ -8,12 +8,17 @@ both at leaf nodes as well as at intermediate nodes in a storage hierarchy.
|
|||
Plan is to use the same cgroup based management interface for blkio controller
|
||||
and based on user options switch IO policies in the background.
|
||||
|
||||
In the first phase, this patchset implements proportional weight time based
|
||||
division of disk policy. It is implemented in CFQ. Hence this policy takes
|
||||
effect only on leaf nodes when CFQ is being used.
|
||||
Currently two IO control policies are implemented. First one is proportional
|
||||
weight time based division of disk policy. It is implemented in CFQ. Hence
|
||||
this policy takes effect only on leaf nodes when CFQ is being used. The second
|
||||
one is throttling policy which can be used to specify upper IO rate limits
|
||||
on devices. This policy is implemented in generic block layer and can be
|
||||
used on leaf nodes as well as higher level logical devices like device mapper.
|
||||
|
||||
HOWTO
|
||||
=====
|
||||
Proportional Weight division of bandwidth
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
You can do a very simple testing of running two dd threads in two different
|
||||
cgroups. Here is what you can do.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -55,6 +60,35 @@ cgroups. Here is what you can do.
|
|||
group dispatched to the disk. We provide fairness in terms of disk time, so
|
||||
ideally io.disk_time of cgroups should be in proportion to the weight.
|
||||
|
||||
Throttling/Upper Limit policy
|
||||
-----------------------------
|
||||
- Enable Block IO controller
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP=y
|
||||
|
||||
- Enable throttling in block layer
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING=y
|
||||
|
||||
- Mount blkio controller
|
||||
mount -t cgroup -o blkio none /cgroup/blkio
|
||||
|
||||
- Specify a bandwidth rate on particular device for root group. The format
|
||||
for policy is "<major>:<minor> <byes_per_second>".
|
||||
|
||||
echo "8:16 1048576" > /cgroup/blkio/blkio.read_bps_device
|
||||
|
||||
Above will put a limit of 1MB/second on reads happening for root group
|
||||
on device having major/minor number 8:16.
|
||||
|
||||
- Run dd to read a file and see if rate is throttled to 1MB/s or not.
|
||||
|
||||
# dd if=/mnt/common/zerofile of=/dev/null bs=4K count=1024
|
||||
# iflag=direct
|
||||
1024+0 records in
|
||||
1024+0 records out
|
||||
4194304 bytes (4.2 MB) copied, 4.0001 s, 1.0 MB/s
|
||||
|
||||
Limits for writes can be put using blkio.write_bps_device file.
|
||||
|
||||
Various user visible config options
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_CGROUP
|
||||
|
@ -68,8 +102,13 @@ CONFIG_CFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED
|
|||
- Enables group scheduling in CFQ. Currently only 1 level of group
|
||||
creation is allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING
|
||||
- Enable block device throttling support in block layer.
|
||||
|
||||
Details of cgroup files
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
Proportional weight policy files
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
- blkio.weight
|
||||
- Specifies per cgroup weight. This is default weight of the group
|
||||
on all the devices until and unless overridden by per device rule.
|
||||
|
@ -210,6 +249,67 @@ Details of cgroup files
|
|||
and minor number of the device and third field specifies the number
|
||||
of times a group was dequeued from a particular device.
|
||||
|
||||
Throttling/Upper limit policy files
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
- blkio.throttle.read_bps_device
|
||||
- Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is
|
||||
specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is
|
||||
the format.
|
||||
|
||||
echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.read_bps_device
|
||||
|
||||
- blkio.throttle.write_bps_device
|
||||
- Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is
|
||||
specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is
|
||||
the format.
|
||||
|
||||
echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.write_bps_device
|
||||
|
||||
- blkio.throttle.read_iops_device
|
||||
- Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is
|
||||
specified in IO per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is
|
||||
the format.
|
||||
|
||||
echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.read_iops_device
|
||||
|
||||
- blkio.throttle.write_iops_device
|
||||
- Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is
|
||||
specified in io per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is
|
||||
the format.
|
||||
|
||||
echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.write_iops_device
|
||||
|
||||
Note: If both BW and IOPS rules are specified for a device, then IO is
|
||||
subjectd to both the constraints.
|
||||
|
||||
- blkio.throttle.io_serviced
|
||||
- Number of IOs (bio) completed to/from the disk by the group (as
|
||||
seen by throttling policy). These are further divided by the type
|
||||
of operation - read or write, sync or async. First two fields specify
|
||||
the major and minor number of the device, third field specifies the
|
||||
operation type and the fourth field specifies the number of IOs.
|
||||
|
||||
blkio.io_serviced does accounting as seen by CFQ and counts are in
|
||||
number of requests (struct request). On the other hand,
|
||||
blkio.throttle.io_serviced counts number of IO in terms of number
|
||||
of bios as seen by throttling policy. These bios can later be
|
||||
merged by elevator and total number of requests completed can be
|
||||
lesser.
|
||||
|
||||
- blkio.throttle.io_service_bytes
|
||||
- Number of bytes transferred to/from the disk by the group. These
|
||||
are further divided by the type of operation - read or write, sync
|
||||
or async. First two fields specify the major and minor number of the
|
||||
device, third field specifies the operation type and the fourth field
|
||||
specifies the number of bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
These numbers should roughly be same as blkio.io_service_bytes as
|
||||
updated by CFQ. The difference between two is that
|
||||
blkio.io_service_bytes will not be updated if CFQ is not operating
|
||||
on request queue.
|
||||
|
||||
Common files among various policies
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
- blkio.reset_stats
|
||||
- Writing an int to this file will result in resetting all the stats
|
||||
for that cgroup.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -14,25 +14,39 @@ to /proc/cpuinfo.
|
|||
identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is
|
||||
architecture and platform dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
3) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings:
|
||||
3) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_id:
|
||||
|
||||
the book ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's
|
||||
identifier (rather than the kernel's). The actual value is
|
||||
architecture and platform dependent.
|
||||
|
||||
4) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings:
|
||||
|
||||
internel kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
|
||||
core as cpuX
|
||||
|
||||
4) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings:
|
||||
5) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings:
|
||||
|
||||
internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
|
||||
physical_package_id.
|
||||
|
||||
6) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings:
|
||||
|
||||
internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
|
||||
book_id.
|
||||
|
||||
To implement it in an architecture-neutral way, a new source file,
|
||||
drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 4 attributes.
|
||||
drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 4 or 6 attributes. The two book
|
||||
related sysfs files will only be created if CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
For an architecture to support this feature, it must define some of
|
||||
these macros in include/asm-XXX/topology.h:
|
||||
#define topology_physical_package_id(cpu)
|
||||
#define topology_core_id(cpu)
|
||||
#define topology_book_id(cpu)
|
||||
#define topology_thread_cpumask(cpu)
|
||||
#define topology_core_cpumask(cpu)
|
||||
#define topology_book_cpumask(cpu)
|
||||
|
||||
The type of **_id is int.
|
||||
The type of siblings is (const) struct cpumask *.
|
||||
|
@ -45,6 +59,9 @@ not defined by include/asm-XXX/topology.h:
|
|||
3) thread_siblings: just the given CPU
|
||||
4) core_siblings: just the given CPU
|
||||
|
||||
For architectures that don't support books (CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK) there are no
|
||||
default definitions for topology_book_id() and topology_book_cpumask().
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, CPU topology information is provided under
|
||||
/sys/devices/system/cpu and includes these files. The internal
|
||||
source for the output is in brackets ("[]").
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -239,6 +239,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
|
|||
0 = /dev/tty Current TTY device
|
||||
1 = /dev/console System console
|
||||
2 = /dev/ptmx PTY master multiplex
|
||||
3 = /dev/ttyprintk User messages via printk TTY device
|
||||
64 = /dev/cua0 Callout device for ttyS0
|
||||
...
|
||||
255 = /dev/cua191 Callout device for ttyS191
|
||||
|
@ -2553,7 +2554,10 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
|
|||
175 = /dev/usb/legousbtower15 16th USB Legotower device
|
||||
176 = /dev/usb/usbtmc1 First USB TMC device
|
||||
...
|
||||
192 = /dev/usb/usbtmc16 16th USB TMC device
|
||||
191 = /dev/usb/usbtmc16 16th USB TMC device
|
||||
192 = /dev/usb/yurex1 First USB Yurex device
|
||||
...
|
||||
209 = /dev/usb/yurex16 16th USB Yurex device
|
||||
240 = /dev/usb/dabusb0 First daubusb device
|
||||
...
|
||||
243 = /dev/usb/dabusb3 Fourth dabusb device
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Dynamic debug has even more useful features:
|
|||
read to display the complete list of known debug statements, to help guide you
|
||||
|
||||
Controlling dynamic debug Behaviour
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
|
||||
The behaviour of pr_debug()/dev_debug()s are controlled via writing to a
|
||||
control file in the 'debugfs' filesystem. Thus, you must first mount the debugfs
|
||||
|
@ -212,6 +212,26 @@ Note the regexp ^[-+=][scp]+$ matches a flags specification.
|
|||
Note also that there is no convenient syntax to remove all
|
||||
the flags at once, you need to use "-psc".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Debug messages during boot process
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
|
||||
To be able to activate debug messages during the boot process,
|
||||
even before userspace and debugfs exists, use the boot parameter:
|
||||
ddebug_query="QUERY"
|
||||
|
||||
QUERY follows the syntax described above, but must not exceed 1023
|
||||
characters. The enablement of debug messages is done as an arch_initcall.
|
||||
Thus you can enable debug messages in all code processed after this
|
||||
arch_initcall via this boot parameter.
|
||||
On an x86 system for example ACPI enablement is a subsys_initcall and
|
||||
ddebug_query="file ec.c +p"
|
||||
will show early Embedded Controller transactions during ACPI setup if
|
||||
your machine (typically a laptop) has an Embedded Controller.
|
||||
PCI (or other devices) initialization also is a hot candidate for using
|
||||
this boot parameter for debugging purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -386,34 +386,6 @@ Who: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
|
|||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: Support for VMware's guest paravirtuliazation technique [VMI] will be
|
||||
dropped.
|
||||
When: 2.6.37 or earlier.
|
||||
Why: With the recent innovations in CPU hardware acceleration technologies
|
||||
from Intel and AMD, VMware ran a few experiments to compare these
|
||||
techniques to guest paravirtualization technique on VMware's platform.
|
||||
These hardware assisted virtualization techniques have outperformed the
|
||||
performance benefits provided by VMI in most of the workloads. VMware
|
||||
expects that these hardware features will be ubiquitous in a couple of
|
||||
years, as a result, VMware has started a phased retirement of this
|
||||
feature from the hypervisor. We will be removing this feature from the
|
||||
Kernel too. Right now we are targeting 2.6.37 but can retire earlier if
|
||||
technical reasons (read opportunity to remove major chunk of pvops)
|
||||
arise.
|
||||
|
||||
Please note that VMI has always been an optimization and non-VMI kernels
|
||||
still work fine on VMware's platform.
|
||||
Latest versions of VMware's product which support VMI are,
|
||||
Workstation 7.0 and VSphere 4.0 on ESX side, future maintainence
|
||||
releases for these products will continue supporting VMI.
|
||||
|
||||
For more details about VMI retirement take a look at this,
|
||||
http://blogs.vmware.com/guestosguide/2009/09/vmi-retirement.html
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Alok N Kataria <akataria@vmware.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: Support for lcd_switch and display_get in asus-laptop driver
|
||||
When: March 2010
|
||||
Why: These two features use non-standard interfaces. There are the
|
||||
|
@ -530,16 +502,6 @@ Who: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
|
|||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: old ieee1394 subsystem (CONFIG_IEEE1394)
|
||||
When: 2.6.37
|
||||
Files: drivers/ieee1394/ except init_ohci1394_dma.c
|
||||
Why: superseded by drivers/firewire/ (CONFIG_FIREWIRE) which offers more
|
||||
features, better performance, and better security, all with smaller
|
||||
and more modern code base
|
||||
Who: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: The acpi_sleep=s4_nonvs command line option
|
||||
When: 2.6.37
|
||||
Files: arch/x86/kernel/acpi/sleep.c
|
||||
|
@ -564,3 +526,12 @@ Who: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
|
|||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: iwlwifi disable_hw_scan module parameters
|
||||
When: 2.6.40
|
||||
Why: Hareware scan is the prefer method for iwlwifi devices for
|
||||
scanning operation. Remove software scan support for all the
|
||||
iwlwifi devices.
|
||||
|
||||
Who: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -87,3 +87,10 @@ dir_resv_level= (*) By default, directory reservations will scale with file
|
|||
reservations - users should rarely need to change this
|
||||
value. If allocation reservations are turned off, this
|
||||
option will have no effect.
|
||||
coherency=full (*) Disallow concurrent O_DIRECT writes, cluster inode
|
||||
lock will be taken to force other nodes drop cache,
|
||||
therefore full cluster coherency is guaranteed even
|
||||
for O_DIRECT writes.
|
||||
coherency=buffered Allow concurrent O_DIRECT writes without EX lock among
|
||||
nodes, which gains high performance at risk of getting
|
||||
stale data on other nodes.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
|
|||
N-Trig touchscreen Driver
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Rafi Rubin <rafi@seas.upenn.edu>
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2009-2010 Stephane Chatty
|
||||
|
||||
This driver provides support for N-Trig pen and multi-touch sensors. Single
|
||||
and multi-touch events are translated to the appropriate protocols for
|
||||
the hid and input systems. Pen events are sufficiently hid compliant and
|
||||
are left to the hid core. The driver also provides additional filtering
|
||||
and utility functions accessible with sysfs and module parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
This driver has been reported to work properly with multiple N-Trig devices
|
||||
attached.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Parameters
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
Note: values set at load time are global and will apply to all applicable
|
||||
devices. Adjusting parameters with sysfs will override the load time values,
|
||||
but only for that one device.
|
||||
|
||||
The following parameters are used to configure filters to reduce noise:
|
||||
|
||||
activate_slack number of fingers to ignore before processing events
|
||||
|
||||
activation_height size threshold to activate immediately
|
||||
activation_width
|
||||
|
||||
min_height size threshold bellow which fingers are ignored
|
||||
min_width both to decide activation and during activity
|
||||
|
||||
deactivate_slack the number of "no contact" frames to ignore before
|
||||
propagating the end of activity events
|
||||
|
||||
When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a number of empty
|
||||
frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few frames we can tolerate false
|
||||
erroneous disconnects, where the sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that
|
||||
is still present. Thus deactivate_slack addresses problems where a users might
|
||||
see breaks in lines during drawing, or drop an object during a long drag.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Additional sysfs items
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
These nodes just provide easy access to the ranges reported by the device.
|
||||
sensor_logical_height the range for positions reported during activity
|
||||
sensor_logical_width
|
||||
|
||||
sensor_physical_height internal ranges not used for normal events but
|
||||
sensor_physical_width useful for tuning
|
||||
|
||||
All N-Trig devices with product id of 1 report events in the ranges of
|
||||
X: 0-9600
|
||||
Y: 0-7200
|
||||
However not all of these devices have the same physical dimensions. Most
|
||||
seem to be 12" sensors (Dell Latitude XT and XT2 and the HP TX2), and
|
||||
at least one model (Dell Studio 17) has a 17" sensor. The ratio of physical
|
||||
to logical sizes is used to adjust the size based filter parameters.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Filtering
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
With the release of the early multi-touch firmwares it became increasingly
|
||||
obvious that these sensors were prone to erroneous events. Users reported
|
||||
seeing both inappropriately dropped contact and ghosts, contacts reported
|
||||
where no finger was actually touching the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
Deactivation slack helps prevent dropped contact for single touch use, but does
|
||||
not address the problem of dropping one of more contacts while other contacts
|
||||
are still active. Drops in the multi-touch context require additional
|
||||
processing and should be handled in tandem with tacking.
|
||||
|
||||
As observed ghost contacts are similar to actual use of the sensor, but they
|
||||
seem to have different profiles. Ghost activity typically shows up as small
|
||||
short lived touches. As such, I assume that the longer the continuous stream
|
||||
of events the more likely those events are from a real contact, and that the
|
||||
larger the size of each contact the more likely it is real. Balancing the
|
||||
goals of preventing ghosts and accepting real events quickly (to minimize
|
||||
user observable latency), the filter accumulates confidence for incoming
|
||||
events until it hits thresholds and begins propagating. In the interest in
|
||||
minimizing stored state as well as the cost of operations to make a decision,
|
||||
I've kept that decision simple.
|
||||
|
||||
Time is measured in terms of the number of fingers reported, not frames since
|
||||
the probability of multiple simultaneous ghosts is expected to drop off
|
||||
dramatically with increasing numbers. Rather than accumulate weight as a
|
||||
function of size, I just use it as a binary threshold. A sufficiently large
|
||||
contact immediately overrides the waiting period and leads to activation.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting the activation size thresholds to large values will result in deciding
|
||||
primarily on activation slack. If you see longer lived ghosts, turning up the
|
||||
activation slack while reducing the size thresholds may suffice to eliminate
|
||||
the ghosts while keeping the screen quite responsive to firm taps.
|
||||
|
||||
Contacts continue to be filtered with min_height and min_width even after
|
||||
the initial activation filter is satisfied. The intent is to provide
|
||||
a mechanism for filtering out ghosts in the form of an extra finger while
|
||||
you actually are using the screen. In practice this sort of ghost has
|
||||
been far less problematic or relatively rare and I've left the defaults
|
||||
set to 0 for both parameters, effectively turning off that filter.
|
||||
|
||||
I don't know what the optimal values are for these filters. If the defaults
|
||||
don't work for you, please play with the parameters. If you do find other
|
||||
values more comfortable, I would appreciate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
The calibration of these devices does drift over time. If ghosts or contact
|
||||
dropping worsen and interfere with the normal usage of your device, try
|
||||
recalibrating it.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Calibration
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
The N-Trig windows tools provide calibration and testing routines. Also an
|
||||
unofficial unsupported set of user space tools including a calibrator is
|
||||
available at:
|
||||
http://code.launchpad.net/~rafi-seas/+junk/ntrig_calib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Tracking
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
As of yet, all tested N-Trig firmwares do not track fingers. When multiple
|
||||
contacts are active they seem to be sorted primarily by Y position.
|
|
@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ parameter is applicable:
|
|||
AVR32 AVR32 architecture is enabled.
|
||||
AX25 Appropriate AX.25 support is enabled.
|
||||
BLACKFIN Blackfin architecture is enabled.
|
||||
DRM Direct Rendering Management support is enabled.
|
||||
EDD BIOS Enhanced Disk Drive Services (EDD) is enabled
|
||||
EFI EFI Partitioning (GPT) is enabled
|
||||
EIDE EIDE/ATAPI support is enabled.
|
||||
DRM Direct Rendering Management support is enabled.
|
||||
DYNAMIC_DEBUG Build in debug messages and enable them at runtime
|
||||
FB The frame buffer device is enabled.
|
||||
GCOV GCOV profiling is enabled.
|
||||
HW Appropriate hardware is enabled.
|
||||
|
@ -455,7 +456,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
[ARM] imx_timer1,OSTS,netx_timer,mpu_timer2,
|
||||
pxa_timer,timer3,32k_counter,timer0_1
|
||||
[AVR32] avr32
|
||||
[X86-32] pit,hpet,tsc,vmi-timer;
|
||||
[X86-32] pit,hpet,tsc;
|
||||
scx200_hrt on Geode; cyclone on IBM x440
|
||||
[MIPS] MIPS
|
||||
[PARISC] cr16
|
||||
|
@ -570,6 +571,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Format: <port#>,<type>
|
||||
See also Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
|
||||
|
||||
ddebug_query= [KNL,DYNAMIC_DEBUG] Enable debug messages at early boot
|
||||
time. See Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt for
|
||||
details.
|
||||
|
||||
debug [KNL] Enable kernel debugging (events log level).
|
||||
|
||||
debug_locks_verbose=
|
||||
|
@ -1126,9 +1131,13 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
kvm.oos_shadow= [KVM] Disable out-of-sync shadow paging.
|
||||
Default is 1 (enabled)
|
||||
|
||||
kvm-amd.nested= [KVM,AMD] Allow nested virtualization in KVM/SVM.
|
||||
kvm.mmu_audit= [KVM] This is a R/W parameter which allows audit
|
||||
KVM MMU at runtime.
|
||||
Default is 0 (off)
|
||||
|
||||
kvm-amd.nested= [KVM,AMD] Allow nested virtualization in KVM/SVM.
|
||||
Default is 1 (enabled)
|
||||
|
||||
kvm-amd.npt= [KVM,AMD] Disable nested paging (virtualized MMU)
|
||||
for all guests.
|
||||
Default is 1 (enabled) if in 64bit or 32bit-PAE mode
|
||||
|
@ -1693,6 +1702,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
nojitter [IA64] Disables jitter checking for ITC timers.
|
||||
|
||||
no-kvmclock [X86,KVM] Disable paravirtualized KVM clock driver
|
||||
|
||||
nolapic [X86-32,APIC] Do not enable or use the local APIC.
|
||||
|
||||
nolapic_timer [X86-32,APIC] Do not use the local APIC timer.
|
||||
|
@ -1713,7 +1724,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
norandmaps Don't use address space randomization. Equivalent to
|
||||
echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
||||
|
||||
noreplace-paravirt [X86-32,PV_OPS] Don't patch paravirt_ops
|
||||
noreplace-paravirt [X86,IA-64,PV_OPS] Don't patch paravirt_ops
|
||||
|
||||
noreplace-smp [X86-32,SMP] Don't replace SMP instructions
|
||||
with UP alternatives
|
||||
|
@ -2153,6 +2164,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
Reserves a hole at the top of the kernel virtual
|
||||
address space.
|
||||
|
||||
reservelow= [X86]
|
||||
Format: nn[K]
|
||||
Set the amount of memory to reserve for BIOS at
|
||||
the bottom of the address space.
|
||||
|
||||
reset_devices [KNL] Force drivers to reset the underlying device
|
||||
during initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2165,6 +2181,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
in <PAGE_SIZE> units (needed only for swap files).
|
||||
See Documentation/power/swsusp-and-swap-files.txt
|
||||
|
||||
hibernate= [HIBERNATION]
|
||||
noresume Don't check if there's a hibernation image
|
||||
present during boot.
|
||||
nocompress Don't compress/decompress hibernation images.
|
||||
|
||||
retain_initrd [RAM] Keep initrd memory after extraction
|
||||
|
||||
rhash_entries= [KNL,NET]
|
||||
|
@ -2360,6 +2381,15 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
|
||||
switches= [HW,M68k]
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs.deprecated=0|1 [KNL]
|
||||
Enable/disable old style sysfs layout for old udev
|
||||
on older distributions. When this option is enabled
|
||||
very new udev will not work anymore. When this option
|
||||
is disabled (or CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED not compiled)
|
||||
in older udev will not work anymore.
|
||||
Default depends on CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2 set in
|
||||
the kernel configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
sysrq_always_enabled
|
||||
[KNL]
|
||||
Ignore sysrq setting - this boot parameter will
|
||||
|
@ -2435,6 +2465,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
|||
disables clocksource verification at runtime.
|
||||
Used to enable high-resolution timer mode on older
|
||||
hardware, and in virtualized environment.
|
||||
[x86] noirqtime: Do not use TSC to do irq accounting.
|
||||
Used to run time disable IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING on any
|
||||
platforms where RDTSC is slow and this accounting
|
||||
can add overhead.
|
||||
|
||||
turbografx.map[2|3]= [HW,JOY]
|
||||
TurboGraFX parallel port interface
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -542,9 +542,11 @@ Kprobes does not use mutexes or allocate memory except during
|
|||
registration and unregistration.
|
||||
|
||||
Probe handlers are run with preemption disabled. Depending on the
|
||||
architecture, handlers may also run with interrupts disabled. In any
|
||||
case, your handler should not yield the CPU (e.g., by attempting to
|
||||
acquire a semaphore).
|
||||
architecture and optimization state, handlers may also run with
|
||||
interrupts disabled (e.g., kretprobe handlers and optimized kprobe
|
||||
handlers run without interrupt disabled on x86/x86-64). In any case,
|
||||
your handler should not yield the CPU (e.g., by attempting to acquire
|
||||
a semaphore).
|
||||
|
||||
Since a return probe is implemented by replacing the return
|
||||
address with the trampoline's address, stack backtraces and calls
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -320,13 +320,13 @@ struct kvm_translation {
|
|||
4.15 KVM_INTERRUPT
|
||||
|
||||
Capability: basic
|
||||
Architectures: x86
|
||||
Architectures: x86, ppc
|
||||
Type: vcpu ioctl
|
||||
Parameters: struct kvm_interrupt (in)
|
||||
Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
|
||||
|
||||
Queues a hardware interrupt vector to be injected. This is only
|
||||
useful if in-kernel local APIC is not used.
|
||||
useful if in-kernel local APIC or equivalent is not used.
|
||||
|
||||
/* for KVM_INTERRUPT */
|
||||
struct kvm_interrupt {
|
||||
|
@ -334,8 +334,37 @@ struct kvm_interrupt {
|
|||
__u32 irq;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
X86:
|
||||
|
||||
Note 'irq' is an interrupt vector, not an interrupt pin or line.
|
||||
|
||||
PPC:
|
||||
|
||||
Queues an external interrupt to be injected. This ioctl is overleaded
|
||||
with 3 different irq values:
|
||||
|
||||
a) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET
|
||||
|
||||
This injects an edge type external interrupt into the guest once it's ready
|
||||
to receive interrupts. When injected, the interrupt is done.
|
||||
|
||||
b) KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET
|
||||
|
||||
This unsets any pending interrupt.
|
||||
|
||||
Only available with KVM_CAP_PPC_UNSET_IRQ.
|
||||
|
||||
c) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET_LEVEL
|
||||
|
||||
This injects a level type external interrupt into the guest context. The
|
||||
interrupt stays pending until a specific ioctl with KVM_INTERRUPT_UNSET
|
||||
is triggered.
|
||||
|
||||
Only available with KVM_CAP_PPC_IRQ_LEVEL.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that any value for 'irq' other than the ones stated above is invalid
|
||||
and incurs unexpected behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
4.16 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST
|
||||
|
||||
Capability: basic
|
||||
|
@ -1013,8 +1042,9 @@ number is just right, the 'nent' field is adjusted to the number of valid
|
|||
entries in the 'entries' array, which is then filled.
|
||||
|
||||
The entries returned are the host cpuid as returned by the cpuid instruction,
|
||||
with unknown or unsupported features masked out. The fields in each entry
|
||||
are defined as follows:
|
||||
with unknown or unsupported features masked out. Some features (for example,
|
||||
x2apic), may not be present in the host cpu, but are exposed by kvm if it can
|
||||
emulate them efficiently. The fields in each entry are defined as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
function: the eax value used to obtain the entry
|
||||
index: the ecx value used to obtain the entry (for entries that are
|
||||
|
@ -1032,6 +1062,29 @@ are defined as follows:
|
|||
eax, ebx, ecx, edx: the values returned by the cpuid instruction for
|
||||
this function/index combination
|
||||
|
||||
4.46 KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO
|
||||
|
||||
Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO
|
||||
Architectures: ppc
|
||||
Type: vm ioctl
|
||||
Parameters: struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo (out)
|
||||
Returns: 0 on success, !0 on error
|
||||
|
||||
struct kvm_ppc_pvinfo {
|
||||
__u32 flags;
|
||||
__u32 hcall[4];
|
||||
__u8 pad[108];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
This ioctl fetches PV specific information that need to be passed to the guest
|
||||
using the device tree or other means from vm context.
|
||||
|
||||
For now the only implemented piece of information distributed here is an array
|
||||
of 4 instructions that make up a hypercall.
|
||||
|
||||
If any additional field gets added to this structure later on, a bit for that
|
||||
additional piece of information will be set in the flags bitmap.
|
||||
|
||||
5. The kvm_run structure
|
||||
|
||||
Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
|
|||
The PPC KVM paravirtual interface
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
|
||||
The basic execution principle by which KVM on PowerPC works is to run all kernel
|
||||
space code in PR=1 which is user space. This way we trap all privileged
|
||||
instructions and can emulate them accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately that is also the downfall. There are quite some privileged
|
||||
instructions that needlessly return us to the hypervisor even though they
|
||||
could be handled differently.
|
||||
|
||||
This is what the PPC PV interface helps with. It takes privileged instructions
|
||||
and transforms them into unprivileged ones with some help from the hypervisor.
|
||||
This cuts down virtualization costs by about 50% on some of my benchmarks.
|
||||
|
||||
The code for that interface can be found in arch/powerpc/kernel/kvm*
|
||||
|
||||
Querying for existence
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
To find out if we're running on KVM or not, we leverage the device tree. When
|
||||
Linux is running on KVM, a node /hypervisor exists. That node contains a
|
||||
compatible property with the value "linux,kvm".
|
||||
|
||||
Once you determined you're running under a PV capable KVM, you can now use
|
||||
hypercalls as described below.
|
||||
|
||||
KVM hypercalls
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
Inside the device tree's /hypervisor node there's a property called
|
||||
'hypercall-instructions'. This property contains at most 4 opcodes that make
|
||||
up the hypercall. To call a hypercall, just call these instructions.
|
||||
|
||||
The parameters are as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Register IN OUT
|
||||
|
||||
r0 - volatile
|
||||
r3 1st parameter Return code
|
||||
r4 2nd parameter 1st output value
|
||||
r5 3rd parameter 2nd output value
|
||||
r6 4th parameter 3rd output value
|
||||
r7 5th parameter 4th output value
|
||||
r8 6th parameter 5th output value
|
||||
r9 7th parameter 6th output value
|
||||
r10 8th parameter 7th output value
|
||||
r11 hypercall number 8th output value
|
||||
r12 - volatile
|
||||
|
||||
Hypercall definitions are shared in generic code, so the same hypercall numbers
|
||||
apply for x86 and powerpc alike with the exception that each KVM hypercall
|
||||
also needs to be ORed with the KVM vendor code which is (42 << 16).
|
||||
|
||||
Return codes can be as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Code Meaning
|
||||
|
||||
0 Success
|
||||
12 Hypercall not implemented
|
||||
<0 Error
|
||||
|
||||
The magic page
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
To enable communication between the hypervisor and guest there is a new shared
|
||||
page that contains parts of supervisor visible register state. The guest can
|
||||
map this shared page using the KVM hypercall KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
With this hypercall issued the guest always gets the magic page mapped at the
|
||||
desired location in effective and physical address space. For now, we always
|
||||
map the page to -4096. This way we can access it using absolute load and store
|
||||
functions. The following instruction reads the first field of the magic page:
|
||||
|
||||
ld rX, -4096(0)
|
||||
|
||||
The interface is designed to be extensible should there be need later to add
|
||||
additional registers to the magic page. If you add fields to the magic page,
|
||||
also define a new hypercall feature to indicate that the host can give you more
|
||||
registers. Only if the host supports the additional features, make use of them.
|
||||
|
||||
The magic page has the following layout as described in
|
||||
arch/powerpc/include/asm/kvm_para.h:
|
||||
|
||||
struct kvm_vcpu_arch_shared {
|
||||
__u64 scratch1;
|
||||
__u64 scratch2;
|
||||
__u64 scratch3;
|
||||
__u64 critical; /* Guest may not get interrupts if == r1 */
|
||||
__u64 sprg0;
|
||||
__u64 sprg1;
|
||||
__u64 sprg2;
|
||||
__u64 sprg3;
|
||||
__u64 srr0;
|
||||
__u64 srr1;
|
||||
__u64 dar;
|
||||
__u64 msr;
|
||||
__u32 dsisr;
|
||||
__u32 int_pending; /* Tells the guest if we have an interrupt */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Additions to the page must only occur at the end. Struct fields are always 32
|
||||
or 64 bit aligned, depending on them being 32 or 64 bit wide respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
Magic page features
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
When mapping the magic page using the KVM hypercall KVM_HC_PPC_MAP_MAGIC_PAGE,
|
||||
a second return value is passed to the guest. This second return value contains
|
||||
a bitmap of available features inside the magic page.
|
||||
|
||||
The following enhancements to the magic page are currently available:
|
||||
|
||||
KVM_MAGIC_FEAT_SR Maps SR registers r/w in the magic page
|
||||
|
||||
For enhanced features in the magic page, please check for the existence of the
|
||||
feature before using them!
|
||||
|
||||
MSR bits
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
The MSR contains bits that require hypervisor intervention and bits that do
|
||||
not require direct hypervisor intervention because they only get interpreted
|
||||
when entering the guest or don't have any impact on the hypervisor's behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
The following bits are safe to be set inside the guest:
|
||||
|
||||
MSR_EE
|
||||
MSR_RI
|
||||
MSR_CR
|
||||
MSR_ME
|
||||
|
||||
If any other bit changes in the MSR, please still use mtmsr(d).
|
||||
|
||||
Patched instructions
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
The "ld" and "std" instructions are transormed to "lwz" and "stw" instructions
|
||||
respectively on 32 bit systems with an added offset of 4 to accomodate for big
|
||||
endianness.
|
||||
|
||||
The following is a list of mapping the Linux kernel performs when running as
|
||||
guest. Implementing any of those mappings is optional, as the instruction traps
|
||||
also act on the shared page. So calling privileged instructions still works as
|
||||
before.
|
||||
|
||||
From To
|
||||
==== ==
|
||||
|
||||
mfmsr rX ld rX, magic_page->msr
|
||||
mfsprg rX, 0 ld rX, magic_page->sprg0
|
||||
mfsprg rX, 1 ld rX, magic_page->sprg1
|
||||
mfsprg rX, 2 ld rX, magic_page->sprg2
|
||||
mfsprg rX, 3 ld rX, magic_page->sprg3
|
||||
mfsrr0 rX ld rX, magic_page->srr0
|
||||
mfsrr1 rX ld rX, magic_page->srr1
|
||||
mfdar rX ld rX, magic_page->dar
|
||||
mfdsisr rX lwz rX, magic_page->dsisr
|
||||
|
||||
mtmsr rX std rX, magic_page->msr
|
||||
mtsprg 0, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg0
|
||||
mtsprg 1, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg1
|
||||
mtsprg 2, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg2
|
||||
mtsprg 3, rX std rX, magic_page->sprg3
|
||||
mtsrr0 rX std rX, magic_page->srr0
|
||||
mtsrr1 rX std rX, magic_page->srr1
|
||||
mtdar rX std rX, magic_page->dar
|
||||
mtdsisr rX stw rX, magic_page->dsisr
|
||||
|
||||
tlbsync nop
|
||||
|
||||
mtmsrd rX, 0 b <special mtmsr section>
|
||||
mtmsr rX b <special mtmsr section>
|
||||
|
||||
mtmsrd rX, 1 b <special mtmsrd section>
|
||||
|
||||
[Book3S only]
|
||||
mtsrin rX, rY b <special mtsrin section>
|
||||
|
||||
[BookE only]
|
||||
wrteei [0|1] b <special wrteei section>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some instructions require more logic to determine what's going on than a load
|
||||
or store instruction can deliver. To enable patching of those, we keep some
|
||||
RAM around where we can live translate instructions to. What happens is the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
1) copy emulation code to memory
|
||||
2) patch that code to fit the emulated instruction
|
||||
3) patch that code to return to the original pc + 4
|
||||
4) patch the original instruction to branch to the new code
|
||||
|
||||
That way we can inject an arbitrary amount of code as replacement for a single
|
||||
instruction. This allows us to check for pending interrupts when setting EE=1
|
||||
for example.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Timekeeping Virtualization for X86-Based Architectures
|
||||
|
||||
Zachary Amsden <zamsden@redhat.com>
|
||||
Copyright (c) 2010, Red Hat. All rights reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
1) Overview
|
||||
2) Timing Devices
|
||||
3) TSC Hardware
|
||||
4) Virtualization Problems
|
||||
|
||||
=========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
1) Overview
|
||||
|
||||
One of the most complicated parts of the X86 platform, and specifically,
|
||||
the virtualization of this platform is the plethora of timing devices available
|
||||
and the complexity of emulating those devices. In addition, virtualization of
|
||||
time introduces a new set of challenges because it introduces a multiplexed
|
||||
division of time beyond the control of the guest CPU.
|
||||
|
||||
First, we will describe the various timekeeping hardware available, then
|
||||
present some of the problems which arise and solutions available, giving
|
||||
specific recommendations for certain classes of KVM guests.
|
||||
|
||||
The purpose of this document is to collect data and information relevant to
|
||||
timekeeping which may be difficult to find elsewhere, specifically,
|
||||
information relevant to KVM and hardware-based virtualization.
|
||||
|
||||
=========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
2) Timing Devices
|
||||
|
||||
First we discuss the basic hardware devices available. TSC and the related
|
||||
KVM clock are special enough to warrant a full exposition and are described in
|
||||
the following section.
|
||||
|
||||
2.1) i8254 - PIT
|
||||
|
||||
One of the first timer devices available is the programmable interrupt timer,
|
||||
or PIT. The PIT has a fixed frequency 1.193182 MHz base clock and three
|
||||
channels which can be programmed to deliver periodic or one-shot interrupts.
|
||||
These three channels can be configured in different modes and have individual
|
||||
counters. Channel 1 and 2 were not available for general use in the original
|
||||
IBM PC, and historically were connected to control RAM refresh and the PC
|
||||
speaker. Now the PIT is typically integrated as part of an emulated chipset
|
||||
and a separate physical PIT is not used.
|
||||
|
||||
The PIT uses I/O ports 0x40 - 0x43. Access to the 16-bit counters is done
|
||||
using single or multiple byte access to the I/O ports. There are 6 modes
|
||||
available, but not all modes are available to all timers, as only timer 2
|
||||
has a connected gate input, required for modes 1 and 5. The gate line is
|
||||
controlled by port 61h, bit 0, as illustrated in the following diagram.
|
||||
|
||||
-------------- ----------------
|
||||
| | | |
|
||||
| 1.1932 MHz |---------->| CLOCK OUT | ---------> IRQ 0
|
||||
| Clock | | | |
|
||||
-------------- | +->| GATE TIMER 0 |
|
||||
| ----------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| ----------------
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
|------>| CLOCK OUT | ---------> 66.3 KHZ DRAM
|
||||
| | | (aka /dev/null)
|
||||
| +->| GATE TIMER 1 |
|
||||
| ----------------
|
||||
|
|
||||
| ----------------
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
|------>| CLOCK OUT | ---------> Port 61h, bit 5
|
||||
| | |
|
||||
Port 61h, bit 0 ---------->| GATE TIMER 2 | \_.---- ____
|
||||
---------------- _| )--|LPF|---Speaker
|
||||
/ *---- \___/
|
||||
Port 61h, bit 1 -----------------------------------/
|
||||
|
||||
The timer modes are now described.
|
||||
|
||||
Mode 0: Single Timeout. This is a one-shot software timeout that counts down
|
||||
when the gate is high (always true for timers 0 and 1). When the count
|
||||
reaches zero, the output goes high.
|
||||
|
||||
Mode 1: Triggered One-shot. The output is intially set high. When the gate
|
||||
line is set high, a countdown is initiated (which does not stop if the gate is
|
||||
lowered), during which the output is set low. When the count reaches zero,
|
||||
the output goes high.
|
||||
|
||||
Mode 2: Rate Generator. The output is initially set high. When the countdown
|
||||
reaches 1, the output goes low for one count and then returns high. The value
|
||||
is reloaded and the countdown automatically resumes. If the gate line goes
|
||||
low, the count is halted. If the output is low when the gate is lowered, the
|
||||
output automatically goes high (this only affects timer 2).
|
||||
|
||||
Mode 3: Square Wave. This generates a high / low square wave. The count
|
||||
determines the length of the pulse, which alternates between high and low
|
||||
when zero is reached. The count only proceeds when gate is high and is
|
||||
automatically reloaded on reaching zero. The count is decremented twice at
|
||||
each clock to generate a full high / low cycle at the full periodic rate.
|
||||
If the count is even, the clock remains high for N/2 counts and low for N/2
|
||||
counts; if the clock is odd, the clock is high for (N+1)/2 counts and low
|
||||
for (N-1)/2 counts. Only even values are latched by the counter, so odd
|
||||
values are not observed when reading. This is the intended mode for timer 2,
|
||||
which generates sine-like tones by low-pass filtering the square wave output.
|
||||
|
||||
Mode 4: Software Strobe. After programming this mode and loading the counter,
|
||||
the output remains high until the counter reaches zero. Then the output
|
||||
goes low for 1 clock cycle and returns high. The counter is not reloaded.
|
||||
Counting only occurs when gate is high.
|
||||
|
||||
Mode 5: Hardware Strobe. After programming and loading the counter, the
|
||||
output remains high. When the gate is raised, a countdown is initiated
|
||||
(which does not stop if the gate is lowered). When the counter reaches zero,
|
||||
the output goes low for 1 clock cycle and then returns high. The counter is
|
||||
not reloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to normal binary counting, the PIT supports BCD counting. The
|
||||
command port, 0x43 is used to set the counter and mode for each of the three
|
||||
timers.
|
||||
|
||||
PIT commands, issued to port 0x43, using the following bit encoding:
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 7-4: Command (See table below)
|
||||
Bit 3-1: Mode (000 = Mode 0, 101 = Mode 5, 11X = undefined)
|
||||
Bit 0 : Binary (0) / BCD (1)
|
||||
|
||||
Command table:
|
||||
|
||||
0000 - Latch Timer 0 count for port 0x40
|
||||
sample and hold the count to be read in port 0x40;
|
||||
additional commands ignored until counter is read;
|
||||
mode bits ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
0001 - Set Timer 0 LSB mode for port 0x40
|
||||
set timer to read LSB only and force MSB to zero;
|
||||
mode bits set timer mode
|
||||
|
||||
0010 - Set Timer 0 MSB mode for port 0x40
|
||||
set timer to read MSB only and force LSB to zero;
|
||||
mode bits set timer mode
|
||||
|
||||
0011 - Set Timer 0 16-bit mode for port 0x40
|
||||
set timer to read / write LSB first, then MSB;
|
||||
mode bits set timer mode
|
||||
|
||||
0100 - Latch Timer 1 count for port 0x41 - as described above
|
||||
0101 - Set Timer 1 LSB mode for port 0x41 - as described above
|
||||
0110 - Set Timer 1 MSB mode for port 0x41 - as described above
|
||||
0111 - Set Timer 1 16-bit mode for port 0x41 - as described above
|
||||
|
||||
1000 - Latch Timer 2 count for port 0x42 - as described above
|
||||
1001 - Set Timer 2 LSB mode for port 0x42 - as described above
|
||||
1010 - Set Timer 2 MSB mode for port 0x42 - as described above
|
||||
1011 - Set Timer 2 16-bit mode for port 0x42 as described above
|
||||
|
||||
1101 - General counter latch
|
||||
Latch combination of counters into corresponding ports
|
||||
Bit 3 = Counter 2
|
||||
Bit 2 = Counter 1
|
||||
Bit 1 = Counter 0
|
||||
Bit 0 = Unused
|
||||
|
||||
1110 - Latch timer status
|
||||
Latch combination of counter mode into corresponding ports
|
||||
Bit 3 = Counter 2
|
||||
Bit 2 = Counter 1
|
||||
Bit 1 = Counter 0
|
||||
|
||||
The output of ports 0x40-0x42 following this command will be:
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 7 = Output pin
|
||||
Bit 6 = Count loaded (0 if timer has expired)
|
||||
Bit 5-4 = Read / Write mode
|
||||
01 = MSB only
|
||||
10 = LSB only
|
||||
11 = LSB / MSB (16-bit)
|
||||
Bit 3-1 = Mode
|
||||
Bit 0 = Binary (0) / BCD mode (1)
|
||||
|
||||
2.2) RTC
|
||||
|
||||
The second device which was available in the original PC was the MC146818 real
|
||||
time clock. The original device is now obsolete, and usually emulated by the
|
||||
system chipset, sometimes by an HPET and some frankenstein IRQ routing.
|
||||
|
||||
The RTC is accessed through CMOS variables, which uses an index register to
|
||||
control which bytes are read. Since there is only one index register, read
|
||||
of the CMOS and read of the RTC require lock protection (in addition, it is
|
||||
dangerous to allow userspace utilities such as hwclock to have direct RTC
|
||||
access, as they could corrupt kernel reads and writes of CMOS memory).
|
||||
|
||||
The RTC generates an interrupt which is usually routed to IRQ 8. The interrupt
|
||||
can function as a periodic timer, an additional once a day alarm, and can issue
|
||||
interrupts after an update of the CMOS registers by the MC146818 is complete.
|
||||
The type of interrupt is signalled in the RTC status registers.
|
||||
|
||||
The RTC will update the current time fields by battery power even while the
|
||||
system is off. The current time fields should not be read while an update is
|
||||
in progress, as indicated in the status register.
|
||||
|
||||
The clock uses a 32.768kHz crystal, so bits 6-4 of register A should be
|
||||
programmed to a 32kHz divider if the RTC is to count seconds.
|
||||
|
||||
This is the RAM map originally used for the RTC/CMOS:
|
||||
|
||||
Location Size Description
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
00h byte Current second (BCD)
|
||||
01h byte Seconds alarm (BCD)
|
||||
02h byte Current minute (BCD)
|
||||
03h byte Minutes alarm (BCD)
|
||||
04h byte Current hour (BCD)
|
||||
05h byte Hours alarm (BCD)
|
||||
06h byte Current day of week (BCD)
|
||||
07h byte Current day of month (BCD)
|
||||
08h byte Current month (BCD)
|
||||
09h byte Current year (BCD)
|
||||
0Ah byte Register A
|
||||
bit 7 = Update in progress
|
||||
bit 6-4 = Divider for clock
|
||||
000 = 4.194 MHz
|
||||
001 = 1.049 MHz
|
||||
010 = 32 kHz
|
||||
10X = test modes
|
||||
110 = reset / disable
|
||||
111 = reset / disable
|
||||
bit 3-0 = Rate selection for periodic interrupt
|
||||
000 = periodic timer disabled
|
||||
001 = 3.90625 uS
|
||||
010 = 7.8125 uS
|
||||
011 = .122070 mS
|
||||
100 = .244141 mS
|
||||
...
|
||||
1101 = 125 mS
|
||||
1110 = 250 mS
|
||||
1111 = 500 mS
|
||||
0Bh byte Register B
|
||||
bit 7 = Run (0) / Halt (1)
|
||||
bit 6 = Periodic interrupt enable
|
||||
bit 5 = Alarm interrupt enable
|
||||
bit 4 = Update-ended interrupt enable
|
||||
bit 3 = Square wave interrupt enable
|
||||
bit 2 = BCD calendar (0) / Binary (1)
|
||||
bit 1 = 12-hour mode (0) / 24-hour mode (1)
|
||||
bit 0 = 0 (DST off) / 1 (DST enabled)
|
||||
OCh byte Register C (read only)
|
||||
bit 7 = interrupt request flag (IRQF)
|
||||
bit 6 = periodic interrupt flag (PF)
|
||||
bit 5 = alarm interrupt flag (AF)
|
||||
bit 4 = update interrupt flag (UF)
|
||||
bit 3-0 = reserved
|
||||
ODh byte Register D (read only)
|
||||
bit 7 = RTC has power
|
||||
bit 6-0 = reserved
|
||||
32h byte Current century BCD (*)
|
||||
(*) location vendor specific and now determined from ACPI global tables
|
||||
|
||||
2.3) APIC
|
||||
|
||||
On Pentium and later processors, an on-board timer is available to each CPU
|
||||
as part of the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. The APIC is
|
||||
accessed through memory-mapped registers and provides interrupt service to each
|
||||
CPU, used for IPIs and local timer interrupts.
|
||||
|
||||
Although in theory the APIC is a safe and stable source for local interrupts,
|
||||
in practice, many bugs and glitches have occurred due to the special nature of
|
||||
the APIC CPU-local memory-mapped hardware. Beware that CPU errata may affect
|
||||
the use of the APIC and that workarounds may be required. In addition, some of
|
||||
these workarounds pose unique constraints for virtualization - requiring either
|
||||
extra overhead incurred from extra reads of memory-mapped I/O or additional
|
||||
functionality that may be more computationally expensive to implement.
|
||||
|
||||
Since the APIC is documented quite well in the Intel and AMD manuals, we will
|
||||
avoid repetition of the detail here. It should be pointed out that the APIC
|
||||
timer is programmed through the LVT (local vector timer) register, is capable
|
||||
of one-shot or periodic operation, and is based on the bus clock divided down
|
||||
by the programmable divider register.
|
||||
|
||||
2.4) HPET
|
||||
|
||||
HPET is quite complex, and was originally intended to replace the PIT / RTC
|
||||
support of the X86 PC. It remains to be seen whether that will be the case, as
|
||||
the de facto standard of PC hardware is to emulate these older devices. Some
|
||||
systems designated as legacy free may support only the HPET as a hardware timer
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
The HPET spec is rather loose and vague, requiring at least 3 hardware timers,
|
||||
but allowing implementation freedom to support many more. It also imposes no
|
||||
fixed rate on the timer frequency, but does impose some extremal values on
|
||||
frequency, error and slew.
|
||||
|
||||
In general, the HPET is recommended as a high precision (compared to PIT /RTC)
|
||||
time source which is independent of local variation (as there is only one HPET
|
||||
in any given system). The HPET is also memory-mapped, and its presence is
|
||||
indicated through ACPI tables by the BIOS.
|
||||
|
||||
Detailed specification of the HPET is beyond the current scope of this
|
||||
document, as it is also very well documented elsewhere.
|
||||
|
||||
2.5) Offboard Timers
|
||||
|
||||
Several cards, both proprietary (watchdog boards) and commonplace (e1000) have
|
||||
timing chips built into the cards which may have registers which are accessible
|
||||
to kernel or user drivers. To the author's knowledge, using these to generate
|
||||
a clocksource for a Linux or other kernel has not yet been attempted and is in
|
||||
general frowned upon as not playing by the agreed rules of the game. Such a
|
||||
timer device would require additional support to be virtualized properly and is
|
||||
not considered important at this time as no known operating system does this.
|
||||
|
||||
=========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
3) TSC Hardware
|
||||
|
||||
The TSC or time stamp counter is relatively simple in theory; it counts
|
||||
instruction cycles issued by the processor, which can be used as a measure of
|
||||
time. In practice, due to a number of problems, it is the most complicated
|
||||
timekeeping device to use.
|
||||
|
||||
The TSC is represented internally as a 64-bit MSR which can be read with the
|
||||
RDMSR, RDTSC, or RDTSCP (when available) instructions. In the past, hardware
|
||||
limitations made it possible to write the TSC, but generally on old hardware it
|
||||
was only possible to write the low 32-bits of the 64-bit counter, and the upper
|
||||
32-bits of the counter were cleared. Now, however, on Intel processors family
|
||||
0Fh, for models 3, 4 and 6, and family 06h, models e and f, this restriction
|
||||
has been lifted and all 64-bits are writable. On AMD systems, the ability to
|
||||
write the TSC MSR is not an architectural guarantee.
|
||||
|
||||
The TSC is accessible from CPL-0 and conditionally, for CPL > 0 software by
|
||||
means of the CR4.TSD bit, which when enabled, disables CPL > 0 TSC access.
|
||||
|
||||
Some vendors have implemented an additional instruction, RDTSCP, which returns
|
||||
atomically not just the TSC, but an indicator which corresponds to the
|
||||
processor number. This can be used to index into an array of TSC variables to
|
||||
determine offset information in SMP systems where TSCs are not synchronized.
|
||||
The presence of this instruction must be determined by consulting CPUID feature
|
||||
bits.
|
||||
|
||||
Both VMX and SVM provide extension fields in the virtualization hardware which
|
||||
allows the guest visible TSC to be offset by a constant. Newer implementations
|
||||
promise to allow the TSC to additionally be scaled, but this hardware is not
|
||||
yet widely available.
|
||||
|
||||
3.1) TSC synchronization
|
||||
|
||||
The TSC is a CPU-local clock in most implementations. This means, on SMP
|
||||
platforms, the TSCs of different CPUs may start at different times depending
|
||||
on when the CPUs are powered on. Generally, CPUs on the same die will share
|
||||
the same clock, however, this is not always the case.
|
||||
|
||||
The BIOS may attempt to resynchronize the TSCs during the poweron process and
|
||||
the operating system or other system software may attempt to do this as well.
|
||||
Several hardware limitations make the problem worse - if it is not possible to
|
||||
write the full 64-bits of the TSC, it may be impossible to match the TSC in
|
||||
newly arriving CPUs to that of the rest of the system, resulting in
|
||||
unsynchronized TSCs. This may be done by BIOS or system software, but in
|
||||
practice, getting a perfectly synchronized TSC will not be possible unless all
|
||||
values are read from the same clock, which generally only is possible on single
|
||||
socket systems or those with special hardware support.
|
||||
|
||||
3.2) TSC and CPU hotplug
|
||||
|
||||
As touched on already, CPUs which arrive later than the boot time of the system
|
||||
may not have a TSC value that is synchronized with the rest of the system.
|
||||
Either system software, BIOS, or SMM code may actually try to establish the TSC
|
||||
to a value matching the rest of the system, but a perfect match is usually not
|
||||
a guarantee. This can have the effect of bringing a system from a state where
|
||||
TSC is synchronized back to a state where TSC synchronization flaws, however
|
||||
small, may be exposed to the OS and any virtualization environment.
|
||||
|
||||
3.3) TSC and multi-socket / NUMA
|
||||
|
||||
Multi-socket systems, especially large multi-socket systems are likely to have
|
||||
individual clocksources rather than a single, universally distributed clock.
|
||||
Since these clocks are driven by different crystals, they will not have
|
||||
perfectly matched frequency, and temperature and electrical variations will
|
||||
cause the CPU clocks, and thus the TSCs to drift over time. Depending on the
|
||||
exact clock and bus design, the drift may or may not be fixed in absolute
|
||||
error, and may accumulate over time.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, very large systems may deliberately slew the clocks of individual
|
||||
cores. This technique, known as spread-spectrum clocking, reduces EMI at the
|
||||
clock frequency and harmonics of it, which may be required to pass FCC
|
||||
standards for telecommunications and computer equipment.
|
||||
|
||||
It is recommended not to trust the TSCs to remain synchronized on NUMA or
|
||||
multiple socket systems for these reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
3.4) TSC and C-states
|
||||
|
||||
C-states, or idling states of the processor, especially C1E and deeper sleep
|
||||
states may be problematic for TSC as well. The TSC may stop advancing in such
|
||||
a state, resulting in a TSC which is behind that of other CPUs when execution
|
||||
is resumed. Such CPUs must be detected and flagged by the operating system
|
||||
based on CPU and chipset identifications.
|
||||
|
||||
The TSC in such a case may be corrected by catching it up to a known external
|
||||
clocksource.
|
||||
|
||||
3.5) TSC frequency change / P-states
|
||||
|
||||
To make things slightly more interesting, some CPUs may change frequency. They
|
||||
may or may not run the TSC at the same rate, and because the frequency change
|
||||
may be staggered or slewed, at some points in time, the TSC rate may not be
|
||||
known other than falling within a range of values. In this case, the TSC will
|
||||
not be a stable time source, and must be calibrated against a known, stable,
|
||||
external clock to be a usable source of time.
|
||||
|
||||
Whether the TSC runs at a constant rate or scales with the P-state is model
|
||||
dependent and must be determined by inspecting CPUID, chipset or vendor
|
||||
specific MSR fields.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, some vendors have known bugs where the P-state is actually
|
||||
compensated for properly during normal operation, but when the processor is
|
||||
inactive, the P-state may be raised temporarily to service cache misses from
|
||||
other processors. In such cases, the TSC on halted CPUs could advance faster
|
||||
than that of non-halted processors. AMD Turion processors are known to have
|
||||
this problem.
|
||||
|
||||
3.6) TSC and STPCLK / T-states
|
||||
|
||||
External signals given to the processor may also have the effect of stopping
|
||||
the TSC. This is typically done for thermal emergency power control to prevent
|
||||
an overheating condition, and typically, there is no way to detect that this
|
||||
condition has happened.
|
||||
|
||||
3.7) TSC virtualization - VMX
|
||||
|
||||
VMX provides conditional trapping of RDTSC, RDMSR, WRMSR and RDTSCP
|
||||
instructions, which is enough for full virtualization of TSC in any manner. In
|
||||
addition, VMX allows passing through the host TSC plus an additional TSC_OFFSET
|
||||
field specified in the VMCS. Special instructions must be used to read and
|
||||
write the VMCS field.
|
||||
|
||||
3.8) TSC virtualization - SVM
|
||||
|
||||
SVM provides conditional trapping of RDTSC, RDMSR, WRMSR and RDTSCP
|
||||
instructions, which is enough for full virtualization of TSC in any manner. In
|
||||
addition, SVM allows passing through the host TSC plus an additional offset
|
||||
field specified in the SVM control block.
|
||||
|
||||
3.9) TSC feature bits in Linux
|
||||
|
||||
In summary, there is no way to guarantee the TSC remains in perfect
|
||||
synchronization unless it is explicitly guaranteed by the architecture. Even
|
||||
if so, the TSCs in multi-sockets or NUMA systems may still run independently
|
||||
despite being locally consistent.
|
||||
|
||||
The following feature bits are used by Linux to signal various TSC attributes,
|
||||
but they can only be taken to be meaningful for UP or single node systems.
|
||||
|
||||
X86_FEATURE_TSC : The TSC is available in hardware
|
||||
X86_FEATURE_RDTSCP : The RDTSCP instruction is available
|
||||
X86_FEATURE_CONSTANT_TSC : The TSC rate is unchanged with P-states
|
||||
X86_FEATURE_NONSTOP_TSC : The TSC does not stop in C-states
|
||||
X86_FEATURE_TSC_RELIABLE : TSC sync checks are skipped (VMware)
|
||||
|
||||
4) Virtualization Problems
|
||||
|
||||
Timekeeping is especially problematic for virtualization because a number of
|
||||
challenges arise. The most obvious problem is that time is now shared between
|
||||
the host and, potentially, a number of virtual machines. Thus the virtual
|
||||
operating system does not run with 100% usage of the CPU, despite the fact that
|
||||
it may very well make that assumption. It may expect it to remain true to very
|
||||
exacting bounds when interrupt sources are disabled, but in reality only its
|
||||
virtual interrupt sources are disabled, and the machine may still be preempted
|
||||
at any time. This causes problems as the passage of real time, the injection
|
||||
of machine interrupts and the associated clock sources are no longer completely
|
||||
synchronized with real time.
|
||||
|
||||
This same problem can occur on native harware to a degree, as SMM mode may
|
||||
steal cycles from the naturally on X86 systems when SMM mode is used by the
|
||||
BIOS, but not in such an extreme fashion. However, the fact that SMM mode may
|
||||
cause similar problems to virtualization makes it a good justification for
|
||||
solving many of these problems on bare metal.
|
||||
|
||||
4.1) Interrupt clocking
|
||||
|
||||
One of the most immediate problems that occurs with legacy operating systems
|
||||
is that the system timekeeping routines are often designed to keep track of
|
||||
time by counting periodic interrupts. These interrupts may come from the PIT
|
||||
or the RTC, but the problem is the same: the host virtualization engine may not
|
||||
be able to deliver the proper number of interrupts per second, and so guest
|
||||
time may fall behind. This is especially problematic if a high interrupt rate
|
||||
is selected, such as 1000 HZ, which is unfortunately the default for many Linux
|
||||
guests.
|
||||
|
||||
There are three approaches to solving this problem; first, it may be possible
|
||||
to simply ignore it. Guests which have a separate time source for tracking
|
||||
'wall clock' or 'real time' may not need any adjustment of their interrupts to
|
||||
maintain proper time. If this is not sufficient, it may be necessary to inject
|
||||
additional interrupts into the guest in order to increase the effective
|
||||
interrupt rate. This approach leads to complications in extreme conditions,
|
||||
where host load or guest lag is too much to compensate for, and thus another
|
||||
solution to the problem has risen: the guest may need to become aware of lost
|
||||
ticks and compensate for them internally. Although promising in theory, the
|
||||
implementation of this policy in Linux has been extremely error prone, and a
|
||||
number of buggy variants of lost tick compensation are distributed across
|
||||
commonly used Linux systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Windows uses periodic RTC clocking as a means of keeping time internally, and
|
||||
thus requires interrupt slewing to keep proper time. It does use a low enough
|
||||
rate (ed: is it 18.2 Hz?) however that it has not yet been a problem in
|
||||
practice.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2) TSC sampling and serialization
|
||||
|
||||
As the highest precision time source available, the cycle counter of the CPU
|
||||
has aroused much interest from developers. As explained above, this timer has
|
||||
many problems unique to its nature as a local, potentially unstable and
|
||||
potentially unsynchronized source. One issue which is not unique to the TSC,
|
||||
but is highlighted because of its very precise nature is sampling delay. By
|
||||
definition, the counter, once read is already old. However, it is also
|
||||
possible for the counter to be read ahead of the actual use of the result.
|
||||
This is a consequence of the superscalar execution of the instruction stream,
|
||||
which may execute instructions out of order. Such execution is called
|
||||
non-serialized. Forcing serialized execution is necessary for precise
|
||||
measurement with the TSC, and requires a serializing instruction, such as CPUID
|
||||
or an MSR read.
|
||||
|
||||
Since CPUID may actually be virtualized by a trap and emulate mechanism, this
|
||||
serialization can pose a performance issue for hardware virtualization. An
|
||||
accurate time stamp counter reading may therefore not always be available, and
|
||||
it may be necessary for an implementation to guard against "backwards" reads of
|
||||
the TSC as seen from other CPUs, even in an otherwise perfectly synchronized
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
4.3) Timespec aliasing
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, this lack of serialization from the TSC poses another challenge
|
||||
when using results of the TSC when measured against another time source. As
|
||||
the TSC is much higher precision, many possible values of the TSC may be read
|
||||
while another clock is still expressing the same value.
|
||||
|
||||
That is, you may read (T,T+10) while external clock C maintains the same value.
|
||||
Due to non-serialized reads, you may actually end up with a range which
|
||||
fluctuates - from (T-1.. T+10). Thus, any time calculated from a TSC, but
|
||||
calibrated against an external value may have a range of valid values.
|
||||
Re-calibrating this computation may actually cause time, as computed after the
|
||||
calibration, to go backwards, compared with time computed before the
|
||||
calibration.
|
||||
|
||||
This problem is particularly pronounced with an internal time source in Linux,
|
||||
the kernel time, which is expressed in the theoretically high resolution
|
||||
timespec - but which advances in much larger granularity intervals, sometimes
|
||||
at the rate of jiffies, and possibly in catchup modes, at a much larger step.
|
||||
|
||||
This aliasing requires care in the computation and recalibration of kvmclock
|
||||
and any other values derived from TSC computation (such as TSC virtualization
|
||||
itself).
|
||||
|
||||
4.4) Migration
|
||||
|
||||
Migration of a virtual machine raises problems for timekeeping in two ways.
|
||||
First, the migration itself may take time, during which interrupts cannot be
|
||||
delivered, and after which, the guest time may need to be caught up. NTP may
|
||||
be able to help to some degree here, as the clock correction required is
|
||||
typically small enough to fall in the NTP-correctable window.
|
||||
|
||||
An additional concern is that timers based off the TSC (or HPET, if the raw bus
|
||||
clock is exposed) may now be running at different rates, requiring compensation
|
||||
in some way in the hypervisor by virtualizing these timers. In addition,
|
||||
migrating to a faster machine may preclude the use of a passthrough TSC, as a
|
||||
faster clock cannot be made visible to a guest without the potential of time
|
||||
advancing faster than usual. A slower clock is less of a problem, as it can
|
||||
always be caught up to the original rate. KVM clock avoids these problems by
|
||||
simply storing multipliers and offsets against the TSC for the guest to convert
|
||||
back into nanosecond resolution values.
|
||||
|
||||
4.5) Scheduling
|
||||
|
||||
Since scheduling may be based on precise timing and firing of interrupts, the
|
||||
scheduling algorithms of an operating system may be adversely affected by
|
||||
virtualization. In theory, the effect is random and should be universally
|
||||
distributed, but in contrived as well as real scenarios (guest device access,
|
||||
causes of virtualization exits, possible context switch), this may not always
|
||||
be the case. The effect of this has not been well studied.
|
||||
|
||||
In an attempt to work around this, several implementations have provided a
|
||||
paravirtualized scheduler clock, which reveals the true amount of CPU time for
|
||||
which a virtual machine has been running.
|
||||
|
||||
4.6) Watchdogs
|
||||
|
||||
Watchdog timers, such as the lock detector in Linux may fire accidentally when
|
||||
running under hardware virtualization due to timer interrupts being delayed or
|
||||
misinterpretation of the passage of real time. Usually, these warnings are
|
||||
spurious and can be ignored, but in some circumstances it may be necessary to
|
||||
disable such detection.
|
||||
|
||||
4.7) Delays and precision timing
|
||||
|
||||
Precise timing and delays may not be possible in a virtualized system. This
|
||||
can happen if the system is controlling physical hardware, or issues delays to
|
||||
compensate for slower I/O to and from devices. The first issue is not solvable
|
||||
in general for a virtualized system; hardware control software can't be
|
||||
adequately virtualized without a full real-time operating system, which would
|
||||
require an RT aware virtualization platform.
|
||||
|
||||
The second issue may cause performance problems, but this is unlikely to be a
|
||||
significant issue. In many cases these delays may be eliminated through
|
||||
configuration or paravirtualization.
|
||||
|
||||
4.8) Covert channels and leaks
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the above problems, time information will inevitably leak to the
|
||||
guest about the host in anything but a perfect implementation of virtualized
|
||||
time. This may allow the guest to infer the presence of a hypervisor (as in a
|
||||
red-pill type detection), and it may allow information to leak between guests
|
||||
by using CPU utilization itself as a signalling channel. Preventing such
|
||||
problems would require completely isolated virtual time which may not track
|
||||
real time any longer. This may be useful in certain security or QA contexts,
|
||||
but in general isn't recommended for real-world deployment scenarios.
|
|
@ -1639,15 +1639,6 @@ static void blk_request(struct virtqueue *vq)
|
|||
*/
|
||||
off = out->sector * 512;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The block device implements "barriers", where the Guest indicates
|
||||
* that it wants all previous writes to occur before this write. We
|
||||
* don't have a way of asking our kernel to do a barrier, so we just
|
||||
* synchronize all the data in the file. Pretty poor, no?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (out->type & VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER)
|
||||
fdatasync(vblk->fd);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* In general the virtio block driver is allowed to try SCSI commands.
|
||||
* It'd be nice if we supported eject, for example, but we don't.
|
||||
|
@ -1680,6 +1671,13 @@ static void blk_request(struct virtqueue *vq)
|
|||
/* Die, bad Guest, die. */
|
||||
errx(1, "Write past end %llu+%u", off, ret);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
wlen = sizeof(*in);
|
||||
*in = (ret >= 0 ? VIRTIO_BLK_S_OK : VIRTIO_BLK_S_IOERR);
|
||||
} else if (out->type & VIRTIO_BLK_T_FLUSH) {
|
||||
/* Flush */
|
||||
ret = fdatasync(vblk->fd);
|
||||
verbose("FLUSH fdatasync: %i\n", ret);
|
||||
wlen = sizeof(*in);
|
||||
*in = (ret >= 0 ? VIRTIO_BLK_S_OK : VIRTIO_BLK_S_IOERR);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
|
@ -1703,15 +1701,6 @@ static void blk_request(struct virtqueue *vq)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* OK, so we noted that it was pretty poor to use an fdatasync as a
|
||||
* barrier. But Christoph Hellwig points out that we need a sync
|
||||
* *afterwards* as well: "Barriers specify no reordering to the front
|
||||
* or the back." And Jens Axboe confirmed it, so here we are:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (out->type & VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER)
|
||||
fdatasync(vblk->fd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Finished that request. */
|
||||
add_used(vq, head, wlen);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -1736,8 +1725,8 @@ static void setup_block_file(const char *filename)
|
|||
vblk->fd = open_or_die(filename, O_RDWR|O_LARGEFILE);
|
||||
vblk->len = lseek64(vblk->fd, 0, SEEK_END);
|
||||
|
||||
/* We support barriers. */
|
||||
add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_BLK_F_BARRIER);
|
||||
/* We support FLUSH. */
|
||||
add_feature(dev, VIRTIO_BLK_F_FLUSH);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tell Guest how many sectors this device has. */
|
||||
conf.capacity = cpu_to_le64(vblk->len / 512);
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -765,6 +765,14 @@ xmit_hash_policy
|
|||
does not exist, and the layer2 policy is the only policy. The
|
||||
layer2+3 value was added for bonding version 3.2.2.
|
||||
|
||||
resend_igmp
|
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of IGMP membership reports to be issued after
|
||||
a failover event. One membership report is issued immediately after
|
||||
the failover, subsequent packets are sent in each 200ms interval.
|
||||
|
||||
The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1. This option
|
||||
was added for bonding version 3.7.0.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Configuring Bonding Devices
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ This file contains
|
|||
4.1.2 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_ERR_FILTER
|
||||
4.1.3 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_LOOPBACK
|
||||
4.1.4 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_RECV_OWN_MSGS
|
||||
4.1.5 RAW socket returned message flags
|
||||
4.2 Broadcast Manager protocol sockets (SOCK_DGRAM)
|
||||
4.3 connected transport protocols (SOCK_SEQPACKET)
|
||||
4.4 unconnected transport protocols (SOCK_DGRAM)
|
||||
|
@ -471,6 +472,17 @@ solution for a couple of reasons:
|
|||
setsockopt(s, SOL_CAN_RAW, CAN_RAW_RECV_OWN_MSGS,
|
||||
&recv_own_msgs, sizeof(recv_own_msgs));
|
||||
|
||||
4.1.5 RAW socket returned message flags
|
||||
|
||||
When using recvmsg() call, the msg->msg_flags may contain following flags:
|
||||
|
||||
MSG_DONTROUTE: set when the received frame was created on the local host.
|
||||
|
||||
MSG_CONFIRM: set when the frame was sent via the socket it is received on.
|
||||
This flag can be interpreted as a 'transmission confirmation' when the
|
||||
CAN driver supports the echo of frames on driver level, see 3.2 and 6.2.
|
||||
In order to receive such messages, CAN_RAW_RECV_OWN_MSGS must be set.
|
||||
|
||||
4.2 Broadcast Manager protocol sockets (SOCK_DGRAM)
|
||||
4.3 connected transport protocols (SOCK_SEQPACKET)
|
||||
4.4 unconnected transport protocols (SOCK_DGRAM)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
|
|||
DCCP protocol
|
||||
============
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
- Introduction
|
||||
- Missing features
|
||||
- Socket options
|
||||
- Sysctl variables
|
||||
- IOCTLs
|
||||
- Other tunables
|
||||
- Notes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) is an unreliable, connection
|
||||
oriented protocol designed to solve issues present in UDP and TCP, particularly
|
||||
for real-time and multimedia (streaming) traffic.
|
||||
|
@ -29,9 +31,9 @@ It has a base protocol and pluggable congestion control IDs (CCIDs).
|
|||
DCCP is a Proposed Standard (RFC 2026), and the homepage for DCCP as a protocol
|
||||
is at http://www.ietf.org/html.charters/dccp-charter.html
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Missing features
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux DCCP implementation does not currently support all the features that are
|
||||
specified in RFCs 4340...42.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -45,7 +47,6 @@ http://linux-net.osdl.org/index.php/DCCP_Testing#Experimental_DCCP_source_tree
|
|||
|
||||
Socket options
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE sets the service. The specification mandates use of
|
||||
service codes (RFC 4340, sec. 8.1.2); if this socket option is not set,
|
||||
the socket will fall back to 0 (which means that no meaningful service code
|
||||
|
@ -112,6 +113,7 @@ DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_TX_INFO
|
|||
On unidirectional connections it is useful to close the unused half-connection
|
||||
via shutdown (SHUT_WR or SHUT_RD): this will reduce per-packet processing costs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sysctl variables
|
||||
================
|
||||
Several DCCP default parameters can be managed by the following sysctls
|
||||
|
@ -155,15 +157,30 @@ sync_ratelimit = 125 ms
|
|||
sequence-invalid packets on the same socket (RFC 4340, 7.5.4). The unit
|
||||
of this parameter is milliseconds; a value of 0 disables rate-limiting.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IOCTLS
|
||||
======
|
||||
FIONREAD
|
||||
Works as in udp(7): returns in the `int' argument pointer the size of
|
||||
the next pending datagram in bytes, or 0 when no datagram is pending.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Other tunables
|
||||
==============
|
||||
Per-route rto_min support
|
||||
CCID-2 supports the RTAX_RTO_MIN per-route setting for the minimum value
|
||||
of the RTO timer. This setting can be modified via the 'rto_min' option
|
||||
of iproute2; for example:
|
||||
> ip route change 10.0.0.0/24 rto_min 250j dev wlan0
|
||||
> ip route add 10.0.0.254/32 rto_min 800j dev wlan0
|
||||
> ip route show dev wlan0
|
||||
CCID-3 also supports the rto_min setting: it is used to define the lower
|
||||
bound for the expiry of the nofeedback timer. This can be useful on LANs
|
||||
with very low RTTs (e.g., loopback, Gbit ethernet).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Notes
|
||||
=====
|
||||
|
||||
DCCP does not travel through NAT successfully at present on many boxes. This is
|
||||
because the checksum covers the pseudo-header as per TCP and UDP. Linux NAT
|
||||
support for DCCP has been added.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,82 +1,35 @@
|
|||
Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/1000 Family of Adapters
|
||||
===============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
September 26, 2006
|
||||
|
||||
Intel Gigabit Linux driver.
|
||||
Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation.
|
||||
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
- In This Release
|
||||
- Identifying Your Adapter
|
||||
- Building and Installation
|
||||
- Command Line Parameters
|
||||
- Speed and Duplex Configuration
|
||||
- Additional Configurations
|
||||
- Known Issues
|
||||
- Support
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
In This Release
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
This file describes the Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) PRO/1000 Family
|
||||
of Adapters. This driver includes support for Itanium(R)2-based systems.
|
||||
|
||||
For questions related to hardware requirements, refer to the documentation
|
||||
supplied with your Intel PRO/1000 adapter. All hardware requirements listed
|
||||
apply to use with Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
The following features are now available in supported kernels:
|
||||
- Native VLANs
|
||||
- Channel Bonding (teaming)
|
||||
- SNMP
|
||||
|
||||
Channel Bonding documentation can be found in the Linux kernel source:
|
||||
/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
|
||||
|
||||
The driver information previously displayed in the /proc filesystem is not
|
||||
supported in this release. Alternatively, you can use ethtool (version 1.6
|
||||
or later), lspci, and ifconfig to obtain the same information.
|
||||
|
||||
Instructions on updating ethtool can be found in the section "Additional
|
||||
Configurations" later in this document.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The Intel(R) 82562v 10/100 Network Connection only provides 10/100
|
||||
support.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Identifying Your Adapter
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the Adapter &
|
||||
Driver ID Guide at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/go/network/adapter/idguide.htm
|
||||
|
||||
For the latest Intel network drivers for Linux, refer to the following
|
||||
website. In the search field, enter your adapter name or type, or use the
|
||||
networking link on the left to search for your adapter:
|
||||
|
||||
http://downloadfinder.intel.com/scripts-df/support_intel.asp
|
||||
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/go/network/adapter/home.htm
|
||||
|
||||
Command Line Parameters
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
If the driver is built as a module, the following optional parameters
|
||||
are used by entering them on the command line with the modprobe command
|
||||
using this syntax:
|
||||
|
||||
modprobe e1000 [<option>=<VAL1>,<VAL2>,...]
|
||||
|
||||
For example, with two PRO/1000 PCI adapters, entering:
|
||||
|
||||
modprobe e1000 TxDescriptors=80,128
|
||||
|
||||
loads the e1000 driver with 80 TX descriptors for the first adapter and
|
||||
128 TX descriptors for the second adapter.
|
||||
|
||||
The default value for each parameter is generally the recommended setting,
|
||||
unless otherwise noted.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -89,10 +42,6 @@ NOTES: For more information about the AutoNeg, Duplex, and Speed
|
|||
parameters, see the application note at:
|
||||
http://www.intel.com/design/network/applnots/ap450.htm
|
||||
|
||||
A descriptor describes a data buffer and attributes related to
|
||||
the data buffer. This information is accessed by the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AutoNeg
|
||||
-------
|
||||
(Supported only on adapters with copper connections)
|
||||
|
@ -106,7 +55,6 @@ Duplex parameters must not be specified.
|
|||
NOTE: Refer to the Speed and Duplex section of this readme for more
|
||||
information on the AutoNeg parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Duplex
|
||||
------
|
||||
(Supported only on adapters with copper connections)
|
||||
|
@ -119,7 +67,6 @@ set to auto-negotiate, the board auto-detects the correct duplex. If the
|
|||
link partner is forced (either full or half), Duplex defaults to half-
|
||||
duplex.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FlowControl
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-3 (0=none, 1=Rx only, 2=Tx only, 3=Rx&Tx)
|
||||
|
@ -128,16 +75,16 @@ Default Value: Reads flow control settings from the EEPROM
|
|||
This parameter controls the automatic generation(Tx) and response(Rx)
|
||||
to Ethernet PAUSE frames.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
InterruptThrottleRate
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
(not supported on Intel(R) 82542, 82543 or 82544-based adapters)
|
||||
Valid Range: 0,1,3,100-100000 (0=off, 1=dynamic, 3=dynamic conservative)
|
||||
Valid Range: 0,1,3,4,100-100000 (0=off, 1=dynamic, 3=dynamic conservative,
|
||||
4=simplified balancing)
|
||||
Default Value: 3
|
||||
|
||||
The driver can limit the amount of interrupts per second that the adapter
|
||||
will generate for incoming packets. It does this by writing a value to the
|
||||
adapter that is based on the maximum amount of interrupts that the adapter
|
||||
will generate for incoming packets. It does this by writing a value to the
|
||||
adapter that is based on the maximum amount of interrupts that the adapter
|
||||
will generate per second.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting InterruptThrottleRate to a value greater or equal to 100
|
||||
|
@ -146,37 +93,43 @@ per second, even if more packets have come in. This reduces interrupt
|
|||
load on the system and can lower CPU utilization under heavy load,
|
||||
but will increase latency as packets are not processed as quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
The default behaviour of the driver previously assumed a static
|
||||
InterruptThrottleRate value of 8000, providing a good fallback value for
|
||||
all traffic types,but lacking in small packet performance and latency.
|
||||
The hardware can handle many more small packets per second however, and
|
||||
The default behaviour of the driver previously assumed a static
|
||||
InterruptThrottleRate value of 8000, providing a good fallback value for
|
||||
all traffic types,but lacking in small packet performance and latency.
|
||||
The hardware can handle many more small packets per second however, and
|
||||
for this reason an adaptive interrupt moderation algorithm was implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
Since 7.3.x, the driver has two adaptive modes (setting 1 or 3) in which
|
||||
it dynamically adjusts the InterruptThrottleRate value based on the traffic
|
||||
it dynamically adjusts the InterruptThrottleRate value based on the traffic
|
||||
that it receives. After determining the type of incoming traffic in the last
|
||||
timeframe, it will adjust the InterruptThrottleRate to an appropriate value
|
||||
timeframe, it will adjust the InterruptThrottleRate to an appropriate value
|
||||
for that traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
The algorithm classifies the incoming traffic every interval into
|
||||
classes. Once the class is determined, the InterruptThrottleRate value is
|
||||
adjusted to suit that traffic type the best. There are three classes defined:
|
||||
classes. Once the class is determined, the InterruptThrottleRate value is
|
||||
adjusted to suit that traffic type the best. There are three classes defined:
|
||||
"Bulk traffic", for large amounts of packets of normal size; "Low latency",
|
||||
for small amounts of traffic and/or a significant percentage of small
|
||||
packets; and "Lowest latency", for almost completely small packets or
|
||||
packets; and "Lowest latency", for almost completely small packets or
|
||||
minimal traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
In dynamic conservative mode, the InterruptThrottleRate value is set to 4000
|
||||
for traffic that falls in class "Bulk traffic". If traffic falls in the "Low
|
||||
latency" or "Lowest latency" class, the InterruptThrottleRate is increased
|
||||
In dynamic conservative mode, the InterruptThrottleRate value is set to 4000
|
||||
for traffic that falls in class "Bulk traffic". If traffic falls in the "Low
|
||||
latency" or "Lowest latency" class, the InterruptThrottleRate is increased
|
||||
stepwise to 20000. This default mode is suitable for most applications.
|
||||
|
||||
For situations where low latency is vital such as cluster or
|
||||
grid computing, the algorithm can reduce latency even more when
|
||||
InterruptThrottleRate is set to mode 1. In this mode, which operates
|
||||
the same as mode 3, the InterruptThrottleRate will be increased stepwise to
|
||||
the same as mode 3, the InterruptThrottleRate will be increased stepwise to
|
||||
70000 for traffic in class "Lowest latency".
|
||||
|
||||
In simplified mode the interrupt rate is based on the ratio of Tx and
|
||||
Rx traffic. If the bytes per second rate is approximately equal, the
|
||||
interrupt rate will drop as low as 2000 interrupts per second. If the
|
||||
traffic is mostly transmit or mostly receive, the interrupt rate could
|
||||
be as high as 8000.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting InterruptThrottleRate to 0 turns off any interrupt moderation
|
||||
and may improve small packet latency, but is generally not suitable
|
||||
for bulk throughput traffic.
|
||||
|
@ -212,8 +165,6 @@ NOTE: When e1000 is loaded with default settings and multiple adapters
|
|||
be platform-specific. If CPU utilization is not a concern, use
|
||||
RX_POLLING (NAPI) and default driver settings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
RxDescriptors
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 80-256 for 82542 and 82543-based adapters
|
||||
|
@ -225,15 +176,14 @@ by the driver. Increasing this value allows the driver to buffer more
|
|||
incoming packets, at the expense of increased system memory utilization.
|
||||
|
||||
Each descriptor is 16 bytes. A receive buffer is also allocated for each
|
||||
descriptor and can be either 2048, 4096, 8192, or 16384 bytes, depending
|
||||
descriptor and can be either 2048, 4096, 8192, or 16384 bytes, depending
|
||||
on the MTU setting. The maximum MTU size is 16110.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: MTU designates the frame size. It only needs to be set for Jumbo
|
||||
Frames. Depending on the available system resources, the request
|
||||
for a higher number of receive descriptors may be denied. In this
|
||||
NOTE: MTU designates the frame size. It only needs to be set for Jumbo
|
||||
Frames. Depending on the available system resources, the request
|
||||
for a higher number of receive descriptors may be denied. In this
|
||||
case, use a lower number.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
RxIntDelay
|
||||
----------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-65535 (0=off)
|
||||
|
@ -254,7 +204,6 @@ CAUTION: When setting RxIntDelay to a value other than 0, adapters may
|
|||
restoring the network connection. To eliminate the potential
|
||||
for the hang ensure that RxIntDelay is set to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
RxAbsIntDelay
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
(This parameter is supported only on 82540, 82545 and later adapters.)
|
||||
|
@ -268,7 +217,6 @@ packet is received within the set amount of time. Proper tuning,
|
|||
along with RxIntDelay, may improve traffic throughput in specific network
|
||||
conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Speed
|
||||
-----
|
||||
(This parameter is supported only on adapters with copper connections.)
|
||||
|
@ -280,7 +228,6 @@ Speed forces the line speed to the specified value in megabits per second
|
|||
partner is set to auto-negotiate, the board will auto-detect the correct
|
||||
speed. Duplex should also be set when Speed is set to either 10 or 100.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TxDescriptors
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 80-256 for 82542 and 82543-based adapters
|
||||
|
@ -295,6 +242,36 @@ NOTE: Depending on the available system resources, the request for a
|
|||
higher number of transmit descriptors may be denied. In this case,
|
||||
use a lower number.
|
||||
|
||||
TxDescriptorStep
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 1 (use every Tx Descriptor)
|
||||
4 (use every 4th Tx Descriptor)
|
||||
|
||||
Default Value: 1 (use every Tx Descriptor)
|
||||
|
||||
On certain non-Intel architectures, it has been observed that intense TX
|
||||
traffic bursts of short packets may result in an improper descriptor
|
||||
writeback. If this occurs, the driver will report a "TX Timeout" and reset
|
||||
the adapter, after which the transmit flow will restart, though data may
|
||||
have stalled for as much as 10 seconds before it resumes.
|
||||
|
||||
The improper writeback does not occur on the first descriptor in a system
|
||||
memory cache-line, which is typically 32 bytes, or 4 descriptors long.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting TxDescriptorStep to a value of 4 will ensure that all TX descriptors
|
||||
are aligned to the start of a system memory cache line, and so this problem
|
||||
will not occur.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTES: Setting TxDescriptorStep to 4 effectively reduces the number of
|
||||
TxDescriptors available for transmits to 1/4 of the normal allocation.
|
||||
This has a possible negative performance impact, which may be
|
||||
compensated for by allocating more descriptors using the TxDescriptors
|
||||
module parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
There are other conditions which may result in "TX Timeout", which will
|
||||
not be resolved by the use of the TxDescriptorStep parameter. As the
|
||||
issue addressed by this parameter has never been observed on Intel
|
||||
Architecture platforms, it should not be used on Intel platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
TxIntDelay
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
@ -307,7 +284,6 @@ efficiency if properly tuned for specific network traffic. If the
|
|||
system is reporting dropped transmits, this value may be set too high
|
||||
causing the driver to run out of available transmit descriptors.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TxAbsIntDelay
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
(This parameter is supported only on 82540, 82545 and later adapters.)
|
||||
|
@ -330,6 +306,35 @@ Default Value: 1
|
|||
A value of '1' indicates that the driver should enable IP checksum
|
||||
offload for received packets (both UDP and TCP) to the adapter hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
Copybreak
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-xxxxxxx (0=off)
|
||||
Default Value: 256
|
||||
Usage: insmod e1000.ko copybreak=128
|
||||
|
||||
Driver copies all packets below or equaling this size to a fresh Rx
|
||||
buffer before handing it up the stack.
|
||||
|
||||
This parameter is different than other parameters, in that it is a
|
||||
single (not 1,1,1 etc.) parameter applied to all driver instances and
|
||||
it is also available during runtime at
|
||||
/sys/module/e1000/parameters/copybreak
|
||||
|
||||
SmartPowerDownEnable
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-1
|
||||
Default Value: 0 (disabled)
|
||||
|
||||
Allows PHY to turn off in lower power states. The user can turn off
|
||||
this parameter in supported chipsets.
|
||||
|
||||
KumeranLockLoss
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-1
|
||||
Default Value: 1 (enabled)
|
||||
|
||||
This workaround skips resetting the PHY at shutdown for the initial
|
||||
silicon releases of ICH8 systems.
|
||||
|
||||
Speed and Duplex Configuration
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
@ -385,40 +390,9 @@ If the link partner is forced to a specific speed and duplex, then this
|
|||
parameter should not be used. Instead, use the Speed and Duplex parameters
|
||||
previously mentioned to force the adapter to the same speed and duplex.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Additional Configurations
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
Configuring the Driver on Different Distributions
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Configuring a network driver to load properly when the system is started
|
||||
is distribution dependent. Typically, the configuration process involves
|
||||
adding an alias line to /etc/modules.conf or /etc/modprobe.conf as well
|
||||
as editing other system startup scripts and/or configuration files. Many
|
||||
popular Linux distributions ship with tools to make these changes for you.
|
||||
To learn the proper way to configure a network device for your system,
|
||||
refer to your distribution documentation. If during this process you are
|
||||
asked for the driver or module name, the name for the Linux Base Driver
|
||||
for the Intel(R) PRO/1000 Family of Adapters is e1000.
|
||||
|
||||
As an example, if you install the e1000 driver for two PRO/1000 adapters
|
||||
(eth0 and eth1) and set the speed and duplex to 10full and 100half, add
|
||||
the following to modules.conf or or modprobe.conf:
|
||||
|
||||
alias eth0 e1000
|
||||
alias eth1 e1000
|
||||
options e1000 Speed=10,100 Duplex=2,1
|
||||
|
||||
Viewing Link Messages
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
Link messages will not be displayed to the console if the distribution is
|
||||
restricting system messages. In order to see network driver link messages
|
||||
on your console, set dmesg to eight by entering the following:
|
||||
|
||||
dmesg -n 8
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This setting is not saved across reboots.
|
||||
|
||||
Jumbo Frames
|
||||
------------
|
||||
Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than
|
||||
|
@ -437,9 +411,11 @@ Additional Configurations
|
|||
setting in a different location.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes:
|
||||
|
||||
- To enable Jumbo Frames, increase the MTU size on the interface beyond
|
||||
1500.
|
||||
Degradation in throughput performance may be observed in some Jumbo frames
|
||||
environments. If this is observed, increasing the application's socket buffer
|
||||
size and/or increasing the /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_*mem entry values may help.
|
||||
See the specific application manual and /usr/src/linux*/Documentation/
|
||||
networking/ip-sysctl.txt for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
- The maximum MTU setting for Jumbo Frames is 16110. This value coincides
|
||||
with the maximum Jumbo Frames size of 16128.
|
||||
|
@ -447,40 +423,11 @@ Additional Configurations
|
|||
- Using Jumbo Frames at 10 or 100 Mbps may result in poor performance or
|
||||
loss of link.
|
||||
|
||||
- Some Intel gigabit adapters that support Jumbo Frames have a frame size
|
||||
limit of 9238 bytes, with a corresponding MTU size limit of 9216 bytes.
|
||||
The adapters with this limitation are based on the Intel(R) 82571EB,
|
||||
82572EI, 82573L and 80003ES2LAN controller. These correspond to the
|
||||
following product names:
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Desktop Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PF Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PF Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PF Dual Port Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PB Server Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PL Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Network Connection with I/O Acceleration
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 EB Backplane Connection with I/O Acceleration
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
|
||||
|
||||
- Adapters based on the Intel(R) 82542 and 82573V/E controller do not
|
||||
support Jumbo Frames. These correspond to the following product names:
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 Gigabit Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PM Network Connection
|
||||
|
||||
- The following adapters do not support Jumbo Frames:
|
||||
Intel(R) 82562V 10/100 Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) 82566DM Gigabit Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) 82566DC Gigabit Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) 82566MM Gigabit Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) 82566MC Gigabit Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) 82562GT 10/100 Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) 82562G 10/100 Network Connection
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ethtool
|
||||
-------
|
||||
The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for driver configuration and
|
||||
|
@ -490,142 +437,14 @@ Additional Configurations
|
|||
The latest release of ethtool can be found from
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/gkernel.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Ethtool 1.6 only supports a limited set of ethtool options. Support
|
||||
for a more complete ethtool feature set can be enabled by upgrading
|
||||
ethtool to ethtool-1.8.1.
|
||||
|
||||
Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL)
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
WoL is configured through the Ethtool* utility. Ethtool is included with
|
||||
all versions of Red Hat after Red Hat 7.2. For other Linux distributions,
|
||||
download and install Ethtool from the following website:
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/gkernel.
|
||||
|
||||
For instructions on enabling WoL with Ethtool, refer to the website listed
|
||||
above.
|
||||
WoL is configured through the Ethtool* utility.
|
||||
|
||||
WoL will be enabled on the system during the next shut down or reboot.
|
||||
For this driver version, in order to enable WoL, the e1000 driver must be
|
||||
loaded when shutting down or rebooting the system.
|
||||
|
||||
Wake On LAN is only supported on port A for the following devices:
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Network Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Connection
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Dual Port Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PF Dual Port Server Adapter
|
||||
Intel(R) PRO/1000 PT Quad Port Server Adapter
|
||||
|
||||
NAPI
|
||||
----
|
||||
NAPI (Rx polling mode) is enabled in the e1000 driver.
|
||||
|
||||
See www.cyberus.ca/~hadi/usenix-paper.tgz for more information on NAPI.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Known Issues
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
Dropped Receive Packets on Half-duplex 10/100 Networks
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
If you have an Intel PCI Express adapter running at 10mbps or 100mbps, half-
|
||||
duplex, you may observe occasional dropped receive packets. There are no
|
||||
workarounds for this problem in this network configuration. The network must
|
||||
be updated to operate in full-duplex, and/or 1000mbps only.
|
||||
|
||||
Jumbo Frames System Requirement
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
Memory allocation failures have been observed on Linux systems with 64 MB
|
||||
of RAM or less that are running Jumbo Frames. If you are using Jumbo
|
||||
Frames, your system may require more than the advertised minimum
|
||||
requirement of 64 MB of system memory.
|
||||
|
||||
Performance Degradation with Jumbo Frames
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
Degradation in throughput performance may be observed in some Jumbo frames
|
||||
environments. If this is observed, increasing the application's socket
|
||||
buffer size and/or increasing the /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_*mem entry values
|
||||
may help. See the specific application manual and
|
||||
/usr/src/linux*/Documentation/
|
||||
networking/ip-sysctl.txt for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Jumbo Frames on Foundry BigIron 8000 switch
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
There is a known issue using Jumbo frames when connected to a Foundry
|
||||
BigIron 8000 switch. This is a 3rd party limitation. If you experience
|
||||
loss of packets, lower the MTU size.
|
||||
|
||||
Allocating Rx Buffers when Using Jumbo Frames
|
||||
---------------------------------------------
|
||||
Allocating Rx buffers when using Jumbo Frames on 2.6.x kernels may fail if
|
||||
the available memory is heavily fragmented. This issue may be seen with PCI-X
|
||||
adapters or with packet split disabled. This can be reduced or eliminated
|
||||
by changing the amount of available memory for receive buffer allocation, by
|
||||
increasing /proc/sys/vm/min_free_kbytes.
|
||||
|
||||
Multiple Interfaces on Same Ethernet Broadcast Network
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Due to the default ARP behavior on Linux, it is not possible to have
|
||||
one system on two IP networks in the same Ethernet broadcast domain
|
||||
(non-partitioned switch) behave as expected. All Ethernet interfaces
|
||||
will respond to IP traffic for any IP address assigned to the system.
|
||||
This results in unbalanced receive traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have multiple interfaces in a server, either turn on ARP
|
||||
filtering by entering:
|
||||
|
||||
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/arp_filter
|
||||
(this only works if your kernel's version is higher than 2.4.5),
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This setting is not saved across reboots. The configuration
|
||||
change can be made permanent by adding the line:
|
||||
net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter = 1
|
||||
to the file /etc/sysctl.conf
|
||||
|
||||
or,
|
||||
|
||||
install the interfaces in separate broadcast domains (either in
|
||||
different switches or in a switch partitioned to VLANs).
|
||||
|
||||
82541/82547 can't link or are slow to link with some link partners
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
There is a known compatibility issue with 82541/82547 and some
|
||||
low-end switches where the link will not be established, or will
|
||||
be slow to establish. In particular, these switches are known to
|
||||
be incompatible with 82541/82547:
|
||||
|
||||
Planex FXG-08TE
|
||||
I-O Data ETG-SH8
|
||||
|
||||
To workaround this issue, the driver can be compiled with an override
|
||||
of the PHY's master/slave setting. Forcing master or forcing slave
|
||||
mode will improve time-to-link.
|
||||
|
||||
# make CFLAGS_EXTRA=-DE1000_MASTER_SLAVE=<n>
|
||||
|
||||
Where <n> is:
|
||||
|
||||
0 = Hardware default
|
||||
1 = Master mode
|
||||
2 = Slave mode
|
||||
3 = Auto master/slave
|
||||
|
||||
Disable rx flow control with ethtool
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
In order to disable receive flow control using ethtool, you must turn
|
||||
off auto-negotiation on the same command line.
|
||||
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
ethtool -A eth? autoneg off rx off
|
||||
|
||||
Unplugging network cable while ethtool -p is running
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------
|
||||
In kernel versions 2.5.50 and later (including 2.6 kernel), unplugging
|
||||
the network cable while ethtool -p is running will cause the system to
|
||||
become unresponsive to keyboard commands, except for control-alt-delete.
|
||||
Restarting the system appears to be the only remedy.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Support
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
|
|||
Linux* Driver for Intel(R) Network Connection
|
||||
===============================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Intel Gigabit Linux driver.
|
||||
Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation.
|
||||
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
- Identifying Your Adapter
|
||||
- Command Line Parameters
|
||||
- Additional Configurations
|
||||
- Support
|
||||
|
||||
Identifying Your Adapter
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
The e1000e driver supports all PCI Express Intel(R) Gigabit Network
|
||||
Connections, except those that are 82575, 82576 and 82580-based*.
|
||||
|
||||
* NOTE: The Intel(R) PRO/1000 P Dual Port Server Adapter is supported by
|
||||
the e1000 driver, not the e1000e driver due to the 82546 part being used
|
||||
behind a PCI Express bridge.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the Adapter &
|
||||
Driver ID Guide at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/go/network/adapter/idguide.htm
|
||||
|
||||
For the latest Intel network drivers for Linux, refer to the following
|
||||
website. In the search field, enter your adapter name or type, or use the
|
||||
networking link on the left to search for your adapter:
|
||||
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/go/network/adapter/home.htm
|
||||
|
||||
Command Line Parameters
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
|
||||
The default value for each parameter is generally the recommended setting,
|
||||
unless otherwise noted.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTES: For more information about the InterruptThrottleRate,
|
||||
RxIntDelay, TxIntDelay, RxAbsIntDelay, and TxAbsIntDelay
|
||||
parameters, see the application note at:
|
||||
http://www.intel.com/design/network/applnots/ap450.htm
|
||||
|
||||
InterruptThrottleRate
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0,1,3,4,100-100000 (0=off, 1=dynamic, 3=dynamic conservative,
|
||||
4=simplified balancing)
|
||||
Default Value: 3
|
||||
|
||||
The driver can limit the amount of interrupts per second that the adapter
|
||||
will generate for incoming packets. It does this by writing a value to the
|
||||
adapter that is based on the maximum amount of interrupts that the adapter
|
||||
will generate per second.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting InterruptThrottleRate to a value greater or equal to 100
|
||||
will program the adapter to send out a maximum of that many interrupts
|
||||
per second, even if more packets have come in. This reduces interrupt
|
||||
load on the system and can lower CPU utilization under heavy load,
|
||||
but will increase latency as packets are not processed as quickly.
|
||||
|
||||
The driver has two adaptive modes (setting 1 or 3) in which
|
||||
it dynamically adjusts the InterruptThrottleRate value based on the traffic
|
||||
that it receives. After determining the type of incoming traffic in the last
|
||||
timeframe, it will adjust the InterruptThrottleRate to an appropriate value
|
||||
for that traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
The algorithm classifies the incoming traffic every interval into
|
||||
classes. Once the class is determined, the InterruptThrottleRate value is
|
||||
adjusted to suit that traffic type the best. There are three classes defined:
|
||||
"Bulk traffic", for large amounts of packets of normal size; "Low latency",
|
||||
for small amounts of traffic and/or a significant percentage of small
|
||||
packets; and "Lowest latency", for almost completely small packets or
|
||||
minimal traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
In dynamic conservative mode, the InterruptThrottleRate value is set to 4000
|
||||
for traffic that falls in class "Bulk traffic". If traffic falls in the "Low
|
||||
latency" or "Lowest latency" class, the InterruptThrottleRate is increased
|
||||
stepwise to 20000. This default mode is suitable for most applications.
|
||||
|
||||
For situations where low latency is vital such as cluster or
|
||||
grid computing, the algorithm can reduce latency even more when
|
||||
InterruptThrottleRate is set to mode 1. In this mode, which operates
|
||||
the same as mode 3, the InterruptThrottleRate will be increased stepwise to
|
||||
70000 for traffic in class "Lowest latency".
|
||||
|
||||
In simplified mode the interrupt rate is based on the ratio of Tx and
|
||||
Rx traffic. If the bytes per second rate is approximately equal the
|
||||
interrupt rate will drop as low as 2000 interrupts per second. If the
|
||||
traffic is mostly transmit or mostly receive, the interrupt rate could
|
||||
be as high as 8000.
|
||||
|
||||
Setting InterruptThrottleRate to 0 turns off any interrupt moderation
|
||||
and may improve small packet latency, but is generally not suitable
|
||||
for bulk throughput traffic.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: InterruptThrottleRate takes precedence over the TxAbsIntDelay and
|
||||
RxAbsIntDelay parameters. In other words, minimizing the receive
|
||||
and/or transmit absolute delays does not force the controller to
|
||||
generate more interrupts than what the Interrupt Throttle Rate
|
||||
allows.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: When e1000e is loaded with default settings and multiple adapters
|
||||
are in use simultaneously, the CPU utilization may increase non-
|
||||
linearly. In order to limit the CPU utilization without impacting
|
||||
the overall throughput, we recommend that you load the driver as
|
||||
follows:
|
||||
|
||||
modprobe e1000e InterruptThrottleRate=3000,3000,3000
|
||||
|
||||
This sets the InterruptThrottleRate to 3000 interrupts/sec for
|
||||
the first, second, and third instances of the driver. The range
|
||||
of 2000 to 3000 interrupts per second works on a majority of
|
||||
systems and is a good starting point, but the optimal value will
|
||||
be platform-specific. If CPU utilization is not a concern, use
|
||||
RX_POLLING (NAPI) and default driver settings.
|
||||
|
||||
RxIntDelay
|
||||
----------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-65535 (0=off)
|
||||
Default Value: 0
|
||||
|
||||
This value delays the generation of receive interrupts in units of 1.024
|
||||
microseconds. Receive interrupt reduction can improve CPU efficiency if
|
||||
properly tuned for specific network traffic. Increasing this value adds
|
||||
extra latency to frame reception and can end up decreasing the throughput
|
||||
of TCP traffic. If the system is reporting dropped receives, this value
|
||||
may be set too high, causing the driver to run out of available receive
|
||||
descriptors.
|
||||
|
||||
CAUTION: When setting RxIntDelay to a value other than 0, adapters may
|
||||
hang (stop transmitting) under certain network conditions. If
|
||||
this occurs a NETDEV WATCHDOG message is logged in the system
|
||||
event log. In addition, the controller is automatically reset,
|
||||
restoring the network connection. To eliminate the potential
|
||||
for the hang ensure that RxIntDelay is set to 0.
|
||||
|
||||
RxAbsIntDelay
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-65535 (0=off)
|
||||
Default Value: 8
|
||||
|
||||
This value, in units of 1.024 microseconds, limits the delay in which a
|
||||
receive interrupt is generated. Useful only if RxIntDelay is non-zero,
|
||||
this value ensures that an interrupt is generated after the initial
|
||||
packet is received within the set amount of time. Proper tuning,
|
||||
along with RxIntDelay, may improve traffic throughput in specific network
|
||||
conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
TxIntDelay
|
||||
----------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-65535 (0=off)
|
||||
Default Value: 8
|
||||
|
||||
This value delays the generation of transmit interrupts in units of
|
||||
1.024 microseconds. Transmit interrupt reduction can improve CPU
|
||||
efficiency if properly tuned for specific network traffic. If the
|
||||
system is reporting dropped transmits, this value may be set too high
|
||||
causing the driver to run out of available transmit descriptors.
|
||||
|
||||
TxAbsIntDelay
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-65535 (0=off)
|
||||
Default Value: 32
|
||||
|
||||
This value, in units of 1.024 microseconds, limits the delay in which a
|
||||
transmit interrupt is generated. Useful only if TxIntDelay is non-zero,
|
||||
this value ensures that an interrupt is generated after the initial
|
||||
packet is sent on the wire within the set amount of time. Proper tuning,
|
||||
along with TxIntDelay, may improve traffic throughput in specific
|
||||
network conditions.
|
||||
|
||||
Copybreak
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-xxxxxxx (0=off)
|
||||
Default Value: 256
|
||||
|
||||
Driver copies all packets below or equaling this size to a fresh Rx
|
||||
buffer before handing it up the stack.
|
||||
|
||||
This parameter is different than other parameters, in that it is a
|
||||
single (not 1,1,1 etc.) parameter applied to all driver instances and
|
||||
it is also available during runtime at
|
||||
/sys/module/e1000e/parameters/copybreak
|
||||
|
||||
SmartPowerDownEnable
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-1
|
||||
Default Value: 0 (disabled)
|
||||
|
||||
Allows PHY to turn off in lower power states. The user can set this parameter
|
||||
in supported chipsets.
|
||||
|
||||
KumeranLockLoss
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-1
|
||||
Default Value: 1 (enabled)
|
||||
|
||||
This workaround skips resetting the PHY at shutdown for the initial
|
||||
silicon releases of ICH8 systems.
|
||||
|
||||
IntMode
|
||||
-------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-2 (0=legacy, 1=MSI, 2=MSI-X)
|
||||
Default Value: 2
|
||||
|
||||
Allows changing the interrupt mode at module load time, without requiring a
|
||||
recompile. If the driver load fails to enable a specific interrupt mode, the
|
||||
driver will try other interrupt modes, from least to most compatible. The
|
||||
interrupt order is MSI-X, MSI, Legacy. If specifying MSI (IntMode=1)
|
||||
interrupts, only MSI and Legacy will be attempted.
|
||||
|
||||
CrcStripping
|
||||
------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-1
|
||||
Default Value: 1 (enabled)
|
||||
|
||||
Strip the CRC from received packets before sending up the network stack. If
|
||||
you have a machine with a BMC enabled but cannot receive IPMI traffic after
|
||||
loading or enabling the driver, try disabling this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
WriteProtectNVM
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Valid Range: 0-1
|
||||
Default Value: 1 (enabled)
|
||||
|
||||
Set the hardware to ignore all write/erase cycles to the GbE region in the
|
||||
ICHx NVM (non-volatile memory). This feature can be disabled by the
|
||||
WriteProtectNVM module parameter (enabled by default) only after a hardware
|
||||
reset, but the machine must be power cycled before trying to enable writes.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the kernel boot option iomem=relaxed may need to be set if the kernel
|
||||
config option CONFIG_STRICT_DEVMEM=y, if the root user wants to write the
|
||||
NVM from user space via ethtool.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional Configurations
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
Jumbo Frames
|
||||
------------
|
||||
Jumbo Frames support is enabled by changing the MTU to a value larger than
|
||||
the default of 1500. Use the ifconfig command to increase the MTU size.
|
||||
For example:
|
||||
|
||||
ifconfig eth<x> mtu 9000 up
|
||||
|
||||
This setting is not saved across reboots.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes:
|
||||
|
||||
- The maximum MTU setting for Jumbo Frames is 9216. This value coincides
|
||||
with the maximum Jumbo Frames size of 9234 bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
- Using Jumbo Frames at 10 or 100 Mbps is not supported and may result in
|
||||
poor performance or loss of link.
|
||||
|
||||
- Some adapters limit Jumbo Frames sized packets to a maximum of
|
||||
4096 bytes and some adapters do not support Jumbo Frames.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ethtool
|
||||
-------
|
||||
The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for driver configuration and
|
||||
diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information. We
|
||||
strongly recommend downloading the latest version of Ethtool at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/gkernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Speed and Duplex
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
Speed and Duplex are configured through the Ethtool* utility. For
|
||||
instructions, refer to the Ethtool man page.
|
||||
|
||||
Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL)
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
WoL is configured through the Ethtool* utility. For instructions on
|
||||
enabling WoL with Ethtool, refer to the Ethtool man page.
|
||||
|
||||
WoL will be enabled on the system during the next shut down or reboot.
|
||||
For this driver version, in order to enable WoL, the e1000e driver must be
|
||||
loaded when shutting down or rebooting the system.
|
||||
|
||||
In most cases Wake On LAN is only supported on port A for multiple port
|
||||
adapters. To verify if a port supports Wake on LAN run ethtool eth<X>.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Support
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
For general information, go to the Intel support website at:
|
||||
|
||||
www.intel.com/support/
|
||||
|
||||
or the Intel Wired Networking project hosted by Sourceforge at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000
|
||||
|
||||
If an issue is identified with the released source code on the supported
|
||||
kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related
|
||||
to the issue to e1000-devel@lists.sf.net
|
|
@ -1014,6 +1014,12 @@ conf/interface/*:
|
|||
accept_ra - BOOLEAN
|
||||
Accept Router Advertisements; autoconfigure using them.
|
||||
|
||||
Possible values are:
|
||||
0 Do not accept Router Advertisements.
|
||||
1 Accept Router Advertisements if forwarding is disabled.
|
||||
2 Overrule forwarding behaviour. Accept Router Advertisements
|
||||
even if forwarding is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
Functional default: enabled if local forwarding is disabled.
|
||||
disabled if local forwarding is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1075,7 +1081,12 @@ forwarding - BOOLEAN
|
|||
Note: It is recommended to have the same setting on all
|
||||
interfaces; mixed router/host scenarios are rather uncommon.
|
||||
|
||||
FALSE:
|
||||
Possible values are:
|
||||
0 Forwarding disabled
|
||||
1 Forwarding enabled
|
||||
2 Forwarding enabled (Hybrid Mode)
|
||||
|
||||
FALSE (0):
|
||||
|
||||
By default, Host behaviour is assumed. This means:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1085,18 +1096,24 @@ forwarding - BOOLEAN
|
|||
Advertisements (and do autoconfiguration).
|
||||
4. If accept_redirects is TRUE (default), accept Redirects.
|
||||
|
||||
TRUE:
|
||||
TRUE (1):
|
||||
|
||||
If local forwarding is enabled, Router behaviour is assumed.
|
||||
This means exactly the reverse from the above:
|
||||
|
||||
1. IsRouter flag is set in Neighbour Advertisements.
|
||||
2. Router Solicitations are not sent.
|
||||
3. Router Advertisements are ignored.
|
||||
3. Router Advertisements are ignored unless accept_ra is 2.
|
||||
4. Redirects are ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
Default: FALSE if global forwarding is disabled (default),
|
||||
otherwise TRUE.
|
||||
TRUE (2):
|
||||
|
||||
Hybrid mode. Same behaviour as TRUE, except for:
|
||||
|
||||
2. Router Solicitations are being sent when necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Default: 0 (disabled) if global forwarding is disabled (default),
|
||||
otherwise 1 (enabled).
|
||||
|
||||
hop_limit - INTEGER
|
||||
Default Hop Limit to set.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,19 +1,16 @@
|
|||
Linux* Base Driver for Intel(R) Network Connection
|
||||
==================================================
|
||||
|
||||
November 24, 2009
|
||||
Intel Gigabit Linux driver.
|
||||
Copyright(c) 1999 - 2010 Intel Corporation.
|
||||
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
========
|
||||
|
||||
- In This Release
|
||||
- Identifying Your Adapter
|
||||
- Known Issues/Troubleshooting
|
||||
- Support
|
||||
|
||||
In This Release
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
This file describes the ixgbevf Linux* Base Driver for Intel Network
|
||||
Connection.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -33,7 +30,7 @@ Identifying Your Adapter
|
|||
For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the Adapter &
|
||||
Driver ID Guide at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/network/sb/CS-008441.htm
|
||||
http://support.intel.com/support/go/network/adapter/idguide.htm
|
||||
|
||||
Known Issues/Troubleshooting
|
||||
============================
|
||||
|
@ -57,34 +54,3 @@ or the Intel Wired Networking project hosted by Sourceforge at:
|
|||
If an issue is identified with the released source code on the supported
|
||||
kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related
|
||||
to the issue to e1000-devel@lists.sf.net
|
||||
|
||||
License
|
||||
=======
|
||||
|
||||
Intel 10 Gigabit Linux driver.
|
||||
Copyright(c) 1999 - 2009 Intel Corporation.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
|
||||
version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
|
||||
more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
|
||||
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
|
||||
|
||||
The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
|
||||
the file called "COPYING".
|
||||
|
||||
Trademarks
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Intel, Itanium, and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of
|
||||
Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other
|
||||
countries.
|
||||
|
||||
* Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -112,6 +112,22 @@ However, connect() and getpeername() are not supported, as they did
|
|||
not seem useful with Phonet usages (could be added easily).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Resource subscription
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
|
||||
A Phonet datagram socket can be subscribed to any number of 8-bits
|
||||
Phonet resources, as follow:
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t res = 0xXX;
|
||||
ioctl(fd, SIOCPNADDRESOURCE, &res);
|
||||
|
||||
Subscription is similarly cancelled using the SIOCPNDELRESOURCE I/O
|
||||
control request, or when the socket is closed.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that no more than one socket can be subcribed to any given
|
||||
resource at a time. If not, ioctl() will return EBUSY.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet Pipe protocol
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -166,6 +182,46 @@ The pipe protocol provides two socket options at the SOL_PNPIPE level:
|
|||
or zero if encapsulation is off.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet Pipe-controller Implementation
|
||||
-------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Phonet Pipe-controller is enabled by selecting the CONFIG_PHONET_PIPECTRLR Kconfig
|
||||
option. It is useful when communicating with those Nokia Modems which do not
|
||||
implement Pipe controller in them e.g. Nokia Slim Modem used in ST-Ericsson
|
||||
U8500 platform.
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation is based on the Data Connection Establishment Sequence
|
||||
depicted in 'Nokia Wireless Modem API - Wireless_modem_user_guide.pdf'
|
||||
document.
|
||||
|
||||
It allows a phonet sequenced socket (host-pep) to initiate a Pipe connection
|
||||
between itself and a remote pipe-end point (e.g. modem).
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation adds socket options at SOL_PNPIPE level:
|
||||
|
||||
PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
|
||||
It accepts an integer argument for setting value of pipe handle.
|
||||
|
||||
PNPIPE_ENABLE accepts one integer value (int). If set to zero, the pipe
|
||||
is disabled. If the value is non-zero, the pipe is enabled. If the pipe
|
||||
is not (yet) connected, ENOTCONN is error is returned.
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation also adds socket 'connect'. On calling the 'connect', pipe
|
||||
will be created between the source socket and the destination, and the pipe
|
||||
state will be set to PIPE_DISABLED.
|
||||
|
||||
After a pipe has been created and enabled successfully, the Pipe data can be
|
||||
exchanged between the host-pep and remote-pep (modem).
|
||||
|
||||
User-space would typically follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
|
||||
-socket
|
||||
-bind
|
||||
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
|
||||
-connect
|
||||
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
|
||||
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Authors
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -172,15 +172,19 @@ struct skb_shared_hwtstamps {
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Time stamps for outgoing packets are to be generated as follows:
|
||||
- In hard_start_xmit(), check if skb_tx(skb)->hardware is set no-zero.
|
||||
If yes, then the driver is expected to do hardware time stamping.
|
||||
- In hard_start_xmit(), check if (skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags & SKBTX_HW_TSTAMP)
|
||||
is set no-zero. If yes, then the driver is expected to do hardware time
|
||||
stamping.
|
||||
- If this is possible for the skb and requested, then declare
|
||||
that the driver is doing the time stamping by setting the field
|
||||
skb_tx(skb)->in_progress non-zero. You might want to keep a pointer
|
||||
to the associated skb for the next step and not free the skb. A driver
|
||||
not supporting hardware time stamping doesn't do that. A driver must
|
||||
never touch sk_buff::tstamp! It is used to store software generated
|
||||
time stamps by the network subsystem.
|
||||
that the driver is doing the time stamping by setting the flag
|
||||
SKBTX_IN_PROGRESS in skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags , e.g. with
|
||||
|
||||
skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags |= SKBTX_IN_PROGRESS;
|
||||
|
||||
You might want to keep a pointer to the associated skb for the next step
|
||||
and not free the skb. A driver not supporting hardware time stamping doesn't
|
||||
do that. A driver must never touch sk_buff::tstamp! It is used to store
|
||||
software generated time stamps by the network subsystem.
|
||||
- As soon as the driver has sent the packet and/or obtained a
|
||||
hardware time stamp for it, it passes the time stamp back by
|
||||
calling skb_hwtstamp_tx() with the original skb, the raw
|
||||
|
@ -191,6 +195,6 @@ Time stamps for outgoing packets are to be generated as follows:
|
|||
this would occur at a later time in the processing pipeline than other
|
||||
software time stamping and therefore could lead to unexpected deltas
|
||||
between time stamps.
|
||||
- If the driver did not call set skb_tx(skb)->in_progress, then
|
||||
- If the driver did not set the SKBTX_IN_PROGRESS flag (see above), then
|
||||
dev_hard_start_xmit() checks whether software time stamping
|
||||
is wanted as fallback and potentially generates the time stamp.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,29 @@
|
|||
This file details changes in 2.6 which affect PCMCIA card driver authors:
|
||||
* pcmcia_loop_config() and autoconfiguration (as of 2.6.36)
|
||||
If struct pcmcia_device *p_dev->config_flags is set accordingly,
|
||||
pcmcia_loop_config() now sets up certain configuration values
|
||||
automatically, though the driver may still override the settings
|
||||
in the callback function. The following autoconfiguration options
|
||||
are provided at the moment:
|
||||
CONF_AUTO_CHECK_VCC : check for matching Vcc
|
||||
CONF_AUTO_SET_VPP : set Vpp
|
||||
CONF_AUTO_AUDIO : auto-enable audio line, if required
|
||||
CONF_AUTO_SET_IO : set ioport resources (->resource[0,1])
|
||||
CONF_AUTO_SET_IOMEM : set first iomem resource (->resource[2])
|
||||
|
||||
* pcmcia_request_configuration -> pcmcia_enable_device (as of 2.6.36)
|
||||
pcmcia_request_configuration() got renamed to pcmcia_enable_device(),
|
||||
as it mirrors pcmcia_disable_device(). Configuration settings are now
|
||||
stored in struct pcmcia_device, e.g. in the fields config_flags,
|
||||
config_index, config_base, vpp.
|
||||
|
||||
* pcmcia_request_window changes (as of 2.6.36)
|
||||
Instead of win_req_t, drivers are now requested to fill out
|
||||
struct pcmcia_device *p_dev->resource[2,3,4,5] for up to four ioport
|
||||
ranges. After a call to pcmcia_request_window(), the regions found there
|
||||
are reserved and may be used immediately -- until pcmcia_release_window()
|
||||
is called.
|
||||
|
||||
* pcmcia_request_io changes (as of 2.6.36)
|
||||
Instead of io_req_t, drivers are now requested to fill out
|
||||
struct pcmcia_device *p_dev->resource[0,1] for up to two ioport
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ interface.txt
|
|||
- Power management user interface in /sys/power
|
||||
notifiers.txt
|
||||
- Registering suspend notifiers in device drivers
|
||||
opp.txt
|
||||
- Operating Performance Point library
|
||||
pci.txt
|
||||
- How the PCI Subsystem Does Power Management
|
||||
pm_qos_interface.txt
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to this file, the
|
|||
suspend image will be as small as possible.
|
||||
|
||||
Reading from this file will display the current image size limit, which
|
||||
is set to 500 MB by default.
|
||||
is set to 2/5 of available RAM by default.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/power/pm_trace controls the code which saves the last PM event point in
|
||||
the RTC across reboots, so that you can debug a machine that just hangs
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
|
|||
*=============*
|
||||
* OPP Library *
|
||||
*=============*
|
||||
|
||||
(C) 2009-2010 Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>, Texas Instruments Incorporated
|
||||
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
--------
|
||||
1. Introduction
|
||||
2. Initial OPP List Registration
|
||||
3. OPP Search Functions
|
||||
4. OPP Availability Control Functions
|
||||
5. OPP Data Retrieval Functions
|
||||
6. Cpufreq Table Generation
|
||||
7. Data Structures
|
||||
|
||||
1. Introduction
|
||||
===============
|
||||
Complex SoCs of today consists of a multiple sub-modules working in conjunction.
|
||||
In an operational system executing varied use cases, not all modules in the SoC
|
||||
need to function at their highest performing frequency all the time. To
|
||||
facilitate this, sub-modules in a SoC are grouped into domains, allowing some
|
||||
domains to run at lower voltage and frequency while other domains are loaded
|
||||
more. The set of discrete tuples consisting of frequency and voltage pairs that
|
||||
the device will support per domain are called Operating Performance Points or
|
||||
OPPs.
|
||||
|
||||
OPP library provides a set of helper functions to organize and query the OPP
|
||||
information. The library is located in drivers/base/power/opp.c and the header
|
||||
is located in include/linux/opp.h. OPP library can be enabled by enabling
|
||||
CONFIG_PM_OPP from power management menuconfig menu. OPP library depends on
|
||||
CONFIG_PM as certain SoCs such as Texas Instrument's OMAP framework allows to
|
||||
optionally boot at a certain OPP without needing cpufreq.
|
||||
|
||||
Typical usage of the OPP library is as follows:
|
||||
(users) -> registers a set of default OPPs -> (library)
|
||||
SoC framework -> modifies on required cases certain OPPs -> OPP layer
|
||||
-> queries to search/retrieve information ->
|
||||
|
||||
OPP layer expects each domain to be represented by a unique device pointer. SoC
|
||||
framework registers a set of initial OPPs per device with the OPP layer. This
|
||||
list is expected to be an optimally small number typically around 5 per device.
|
||||
This initial list contains a set of OPPs that the framework expects to be safely
|
||||
enabled by default in the system.
|
||||
|
||||
Note on OPP Availability:
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
As the system proceeds to operate, SoC framework may choose to make certain
|
||||
OPPs available or not available on each device based on various external
|
||||
factors. Example usage: Thermal management or other exceptional situations where
|
||||
SoC framework might choose to disable a higher frequency OPP to safely continue
|
||||
operations until that OPP could be re-enabled if possible.
|
||||
|
||||
OPP library facilitates this concept in it's implementation. The following
|
||||
operational functions operate only on available opps:
|
||||
opp_find_freq_{ceil, floor}, opp_get_voltage, opp_get_freq, opp_get_opp_count
|
||||
and opp_init_cpufreq_table
|
||||
|
||||
opp_find_freq_exact is meant to be used to find the opp pointer which can then
|
||||
be used for opp_enable/disable functions to make an opp available as required.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Users of OPP library should refresh their availability count using
|
||||
get_opp_count if opp_enable/disable functions are invoked for a device, the
|
||||
exact mechanism to trigger these or the notification mechanism to other
|
||||
dependent subsystems such as cpufreq are left to the discretion of the SoC
|
||||
specific framework which uses the OPP library. Similar care needs to be taken
|
||||
care to refresh the cpufreq table in cases of these operations.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING on OPP List locking mechanism:
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
OPP library uses RCU for exclusivity. RCU allows the query functions to operate
|
||||
in multiple contexts and this synchronization mechanism is optimal for a read
|
||||
intensive operations on data structure as the OPP library caters to.
|
||||
|
||||
To ensure that the data retrieved are sane, the users such as SoC framework
|
||||
should ensure that the section of code operating on OPP queries are locked
|
||||
using RCU read locks. The opp_find_freq_{exact,ceil,floor},
|
||||
opp_get_{voltage, freq, opp_count} fall into this category.
|
||||
|
||||
opp_{add,enable,disable} are updaters which use mutex and implement it's own
|
||||
RCU locking mechanisms. opp_init_cpufreq_table acts as an updater and uses
|
||||
mutex to implment RCU updater strategy. These functions should *NOT* be called
|
||||
under RCU locks and other contexts that prevent blocking functions in RCU or
|
||||
mutex operations from working.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Initial OPP List Registration
|
||||
================================
|
||||
The SoC implementation calls opp_add function iteratively to add OPPs per
|
||||
device. It is expected that the SoC framework will register the OPP entries
|
||||
optimally- typical numbers range to be less than 5. The list generated by
|
||||
registering the OPPs is maintained by OPP library throughout the device
|
||||
operation. The SoC framework can subsequently control the availability of the
|
||||
OPPs dynamically using the opp_enable / disable functions.
|
||||
|
||||
opp_add - Add a new OPP for a specific domain represented by the device pointer.
|
||||
The OPP is defined using the frequency and voltage. Once added, the OPP
|
||||
is assumed to be available and control of it's availability can be done
|
||||
with the opp_enable/disable functions. OPP library internally stores
|
||||
and manages this information in the opp struct. This function may be
|
||||
used by SoC framework to define a optimal list as per the demands of
|
||||
SoC usage environment.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Do not use this function in interrupt context.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
soc_pm_init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do things */
|
||||
r = opp_add(mpu_dev, 1000000, 900000);
|
||||
if (!r) {
|
||||
pr_err("%s: unable to register mpu opp(%d)\n", r);
|
||||
goto no_cpufreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Do cpufreq things */
|
||||
no_cpufreq:
|
||||
/* Do remaining things */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
3. OPP Search Functions
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
High level framework such as cpufreq operates on frequencies. To map the
|
||||
frequency back to the corresponding OPP, OPP library provides handy functions
|
||||
to search the OPP list that OPP library internally manages. These search
|
||||
functions return the matching pointer representing the opp if a match is
|
||||
found, else returns error. These errors are expected to be handled by standard
|
||||
error checks such as IS_ERR() and appropriate actions taken by the caller.
|
||||
|
||||
opp_find_freq_exact - Search for an OPP based on an *exact* frequency and
|
||||
availability. This function is especially useful to enable an OPP which
|
||||
is not available by default.
|
||||
Example: In a case when SoC framework detects a situation where a
|
||||
higher frequency could be made available, it can use this function to
|
||||
find the OPP prior to call the opp_enable to actually make it available.
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp = opp_find_freq_exact(dev, 1000000000, false);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
/* dont operate on the pointer.. just do a sanity check.. */
|
||||
if (IS_ERR(opp)) {
|
||||
pr_err("frequency not disabled!\n");
|
||||
/* trigger appropriate actions.. */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
opp_enable(dev,1000000000);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This is the only search function that operates on OPPs which are
|
||||
not available.
|
||||
|
||||
opp_find_freq_floor - Search for an available OPP which is *at most* the
|
||||
provided frequency. This function is useful while searching for a lesser
|
||||
match OR operating on OPP information in the order of decreasing
|
||||
frequency.
|
||||
Example: To find the highest opp for a device:
|
||||
freq = ULONG_MAX;
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp_find_freq_floor(dev, &freq);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
|
||||
opp_find_freq_ceil - Search for an available OPP which is *at least* the
|
||||
provided frequency. This function is useful while searching for a
|
||||
higher match OR operating on OPP information in the order of increasing
|
||||
frequency.
|
||||
Example 1: To find the lowest opp for a device:
|
||||
freq = 0;
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp_find_freq_ceil(dev, &freq);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
Example 2: A simplified implementation of a SoC cpufreq_driver->target:
|
||||
soc_cpufreq_target(..)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do stuff like policy checks etc. */
|
||||
/* Find the best frequency match for the req */
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp = opp_find_freq_ceil(dev, &freq);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
if (!IS_ERR(opp))
|
||||
soc_switch_to_freq_voltage(freq);
|
||||
else
|
||||
/* do something when we cant satisfy the req */
|
||||
/* do other stuff */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
4. OPP Availability Control Functions
|
||||
=====================================
|
||||
A default OPP list registered with the OPP library may not cater to all possible
|
||||
situation. The OPP library provides a set of functions to modify the
|
||||
availability of a OPP within the OPP list. This allows SoC frameworks to have
|
||||
fine grained dynamic control of which sets of OPPs are operationally available.
|
||||
These functions are intended to *temporarily* remove an OPP in conditions such
|
||||
as thermal considerations (e.g. don't use OPPx until the temperature drops).
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Do not use these functions in interrupt context.
|
||||
|
||||
opp_enable - Make a OPP available for operation.
|
||||
Example: Lets say that 1GHz OPP is to be made available only if the
|
||||
SoC temperature is lower than a certain threshold. The SoC framework
|
||||
implementation might choose to do something as follows:
|
||||
if (cur_temp < temp_low_thresh) {
|
||||
/* Enable 1GHz if it was disabled */
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp = opp_find_freq_exact(dev, 1000000000, false);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
/* just error check */
|
||||
if (!IS_ERR(opp))
|
||||
ret = opp_enable(dev, 1000000000);
|
||||
else
|
||||
goto try_something_else;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
opp_disable - Make an OPP to be not available for operation
|
||||
Example: Lets say that 1GHz OPP is to be disabled if the temperature
|
||||
exceeds a threshold value. The SoC framework implementation might
|
||||
choose to do something as follows:
|
||||
if (cur_temp > temp_high_thresh) {
|
||||
/* Disable 1GHz if it was enabled */
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp = opp_find_freq_exact(dev, 1000000000, true);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
/* just error check */
|
||||
if (!IS_ERR(opp))
|
||||
ret = opp_disable(dev, 1000000000);
|
||||
else
|
||||
goto try_something_else;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
5. OPP Data Retrieval Functions
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
Since OPP library abstracts away the OPP information, a set of functions to pull
|
||||
information from the OPP structure is necessary. Once an OPP pointer is
|
||||
retrieved using the search functions, the following functions can be used by SoC
|
||||
framework to retrieve the information represented inside the OPP layer.
|
||||
|
||||
opp_get_voltage - Retrieve the voltage represented by the opp pointer.
|
||||
Example: At a cpufreq transition to a different frequency, SoC
|
||||
framework requires to set the voltage represented by the OPP using
|
||||
the regulator framework to the Power Management chip providing the
|
||||
voltage.
|
||||
soc_switch_to_freq_voltage(freq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* do things */
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
opp = opp_find_freq_ceil(dev, &freq);
|
||||
v = opp_get_voltage(opp);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
if (v)
|
||||
regulator_set_voltage(.., v);
|
||||
/* do other things */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
opp_get_freq - Retrieve the freq represented by the opp pointer.
|
||||
Example: Lets say the SoC framework uses a couple of helper functions
|
||||
we could pass opp pointers instead of doing additional parameters to
|
||||
handle quiet a bit of data parameters.
|
||||
soc_cpufreq_target(..)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* do things.. */
|
||||
max_freq = ULONG_MAX;
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
max_opp = opp_find_freq_floor(dev,&max_freq);
|
||||
requested_opp = opp_find_freq_ceil(dev,&freq);
|
||||
if (!IS_ERR(max_opp) && !IS_ERR(requested_opp))
|
||||
r = soc_test_validity(max_opp, requested_opp);
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
/* do other things */
|
||||
}
|
||||
soc_test_validity(..)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(opp_get_voltage(max_opp) < opp_get_voltage(requested_opp))
|
||||
return -EINVAL;
|
||||
if(opp_get_freq(max_opp) < opp_get_freq(requested_opp))
|
||||
return -EINVAL;
|
||||
/* do things.. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
opp_get_opp_count - Retrieve the number of available opps for a device
|
||||
Example: Lets say a co-processor in the SoC needs to know the available
|
||||
frequencies in a table, the main processor can notify as following:
|
||||
soc_notify_coproc_available_frequencies()
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do things */
|
||||
rcu_read_lock();
|
||||
num_available = opp_get_opp_count(dev);
|
||||
speeds = kzalloc(sizeof(u32) * num_available, GFP_KERNEL);
|
||||
/* populate the table in increasing order */
|
||||
freq = 0;
|
||||
while (!IS_ERR(opp = opp_find_freq_ceil(dev, &freq))) {
|
||||
speeds[i] = freq;
|
||||
freq++;
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rcu_read_unlock();
|
||||
|
||||
soc_notify_coproc(AVAILABLE_FREQs, speeds, num_available);
|
||||
/* Do other things */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
6. Cpufreq Table Generation
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
opp_init_cpufreq_table - cpufreq framework typically is initialized with
|
||||
cpufreq_frequency_table_cpuinfo which is provided with the list of
|
||||
frequencies that are available for operation. This function provides
|
||||
a ready to use conversion routine to translate the OPP layer's internal
|
||||
information about the available frequencies into a format readily
|
||||
providable to cpufreq.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Do not use this function in interrupt context.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
soc_pm_init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Do things */
|
||||
r = opp_init_cpufreq_table(dev, &freq_table);
|
||||
if (!r)
|
||||
cpufreq_frequency_table_cpuinfo(policy, freq_table);
|
||||
/* Do other things */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This function is available only if CONFIG_CPU_FREQ is enabled in
|
||||
addition to CONFIG_PM as power management feature is required to
|
||||
dynamically scale voltage and frequency in a system.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Data Structures
|
||||
==================
|
||||
Typically an SoC contains multiple voltage domains which are variable. Each
|
||||
domain is represented by a device pointer. The relationship to OPP can be
|
||||
represented as follows:
|
||||
SoC
|
||||
|- device 1
|
||||
| |- opp 1 (availability, freq, voltage)
|
||||
| |- opp 2 ..
|
||||
... ...
|
||||
| `- opp n ..
|
||||
|- device 2
|
||||
...
|
||||
`- device m
|
||||
|
||||
OPP library maintains a internal list that the SoC framework populates and
|
||||
accessed by various functions as described above. However, the structures
|
||||
representing the actual OPPs and domains are internal to the OPP library itself
|
||||
to allow for suitable abstraction reusable across systems.
|
||||
|
||||
struct opp - The internal data structure of OPP library which is used to
|
||||
represent an OPP. In addition to the freq, voltage, availability
|
||||
information, it also contains internal book keeping information required
|
||||
for the OPP library to operate on. Pointer to this structure is
|
||||
provided back to the users such as SoC framework to be used as a
|
||||
identifier for OPP in the interactions with OPP layer.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: The struct opp pointer should not be parsed or modified by the
|
||||
users. The defaults of for an instance is populated by opp_add, but the
|
||||
availability of the OPP can be modified by opp_enable/disable functions.
|
||||
|
||||
struct device - This is used to identify a domain to the OPP layer. The
|
||||
nature of the device and it's implementation is left to the user of
|
||||
OPP library such as the SoC framework.
|
||||
|
||||
Overall, in a simplistic view, the data structure operations is represented as
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
Initialization / modification:
|
||||
+-----+ /- opp_enable
|
||||
opp_add --> | opp | <-------
|
||||
| +-----+ \- opp_disable
|
||||
\-------> domain_info(device)
|
||||
|
||||
Search functions:
|
||||
/-- opp_find_freq_ceil ---\ +-----+
|
||||
domain_info<---- opp_find_freq_exact -----> | opp |
|
||||
\-- opp_find_freq_floor ---/ +-----+
|
||||
|
||||
Retrieval functions:
|
||||
+-----+ /- opp_get_voltage
|
||||
| opp | <---
|
||||
+-----+ \- opp_get_freq
|
||||
|
||||
domain_info <- opp_get_opp_count
|
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
|||
Run-time Power Management Framework for I/O Devices
|
||||
|
||||
(C) 2009 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc.
|
||||
(C) 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
|
||||
|
||||
1. Introduction
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -157,7 +158,8 @@ rules:
|
|||
to execute it, the other callbacks will not be executed for the same device.
|
||||
|
||||
* A request to execute ->runtime_resume() will cancel any pending or
|
||||
scheduled requests to execute the other callbacks for the same device.
|
||||
scheduled requests to execute the other callbacks for the same device,
|
||||
except for scheduled autosuspends.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Run-time PM Device Fields
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -165,7 +167,7 @@ The following device run-time PM fields are present in 'struct dev_pm_info', as
|
|||
defined in include/linux/pm.h:
|
||||
|
||||
struct timer_list suspend_timer;
|
||||
- timer used for scheduling (delayed) suspend request
|
||||
- timer used for scheduling (delayed) suspend and autosuspend requests
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long timer_expires;
|
||||
- timer expiration time, in jiffies (if this is different from zero, the
|
||||
|
@ -230,6 +232,28 @@ defined in include/linux/pm.h:
|
|||
interface; it may only be modified with the help of the pm_runtime_allow()
|
||||
and pm_runtime_forbid() helper functions
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int no_callbacks;
|
||||
- indicates that the device does not use the run-time PM callbacks (see
|
||||
Section 8); it may be modified only by the pm_runtime_no_callbacks()
|
||||
helper function
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int use_autosuspend;
|
||||
- indicates that the device's driver supports delayed autosuspend (see
|
||||
Section 9); it may be modified only by the
|
||||
pm_runtime{_dont}_use_autosuspend() helper functions
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int timer_autosuspends;
|
||||
- indicates that the PM core should attempt to carry out an autosuspend
|
||||
when the timer expires rather than a normal suspend
|
||||
|
||||
int autosuspend_delay;
|
||||
- the delay time (in milliseconds) to be used for autosuspend
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long last_busy;
|
||||
- the time (in jiffies) when the pm_runtime_mark_last_busy() helper
|
||||
function was last called for this device; used in calculating inactivity
|
||||
periods for autosuspend
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above fields are members of the 'power' member of 'struct device'.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Run-time PM Device Helper Functions
|
||||
|
@ -255,6 +279,12 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
|
|||
error code on failure, where -EAGAIN or -EBUSY means it is safe to attempt
|
||||
to suspend the device again in future
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_autosuspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- same as pm_runtime_suspend() except that the autosuspend delay is taken
|
||||
into account; if pm_runtime_autosuspend_expiration() says the delay has
|
||||
not yet expired then an autosuspend is scheduled for the appropriate time
|
||||
and 0 is returned
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_resume(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- execute the subsystem-level resume callback for the device; returns 0 on
|
||||
success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'active' or
|
||||
|
@ -267,6 +297,11 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
|
|||
device (the request is represented by a work item in pm_wq); returns 0 on
|
||||
success or error code if the request has not been queued up
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_request_autosuspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- schedule the execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback for the
|
||||
device when the autosuspend delay has expired; if the delay has already
|
||||
expired then the work item is queued up immediately
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_schedule_suspend(struct device *dev, unsigned int delay);
|
||||
- schedule the execution of the subsystem-level suspend callback for the
|
||||
device in future, where 'delay' is the time to wait before queuing up a
|
||||
|
@ -298,12 +333,20 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
|
|||
- decrement the device's usage counter
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_put(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- decrement the device's usage counter, run pm_request_idle(dev) and return
|
||||
its result
|
||||
- decrement the device's usage counter; if the result is 0 then run
|
||||
pm_request_idle(dev) and return its result
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_put_autosuspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- decrement the device's usage counter; if the result is 0 then run
|
||||
pm_request_autosuspend(dev) and return its result
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_put_sync(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- decrement the device's usage counter, run pm_runtime_idle(dev) and return
|
||||
its result
|
||||
- decrement the device's usage counter; if the result is 0 then run
|
||||
pm_runtime_idle(dev) and return its result
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_runtime_put_sync_autosuspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- decrement the device's usage counter; if the result is 0 then run
|
||||
pm_runtime_autosuspend(dev) and return its result
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_runtime_enable(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- enable the run-time PM helper functions to run the device bus type's
|
||||
|
@ -349,19 +392,51 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h:
|
|||
counter (used by the /sys/devices/.../power/control interface to
|
||||
effectively prevent the device from being power managed at run time)
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_runtime_no_callbacks(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- set the power.no_callbacks flag for the device and remove the run-time
|
||||
PM attributes from /sys/devices/.../power (or prevent them from being
|
||||
added when the device is registered)
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- set the power.last_busy field to the current time
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_runtime_use_autosuspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- set the power.use_autosuspend flag, enabling autosuspend delays
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_runtime_dont_use_autosuspend(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- clear the power.use_autosuspend flag, disabling autosuspend delays
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_runtime_set_autosuspend_delay(struct device *dev, int delay);
|
||||
- set the power.autosuspend_delay value to 'delay' (expressed in
|
||||
milliseconds); if 'delay' is negative then run-time suspends are
|
||||
prevented
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pm_runtime_autosuspend_expiration(struct device *dev);
|
||||
- calculate the time when the current autosuspend delay period will expire,
|
||||
based on power.last_busy and power.autosuspend_delay; if the delay time
|
||||
is 1000 ms or larger then the expiration time is rounded up to the
|
||||
nearest second; returns 0 if the delay period has already expired or
|
||||
power.use_autosuspend isn't set, otherwise returns the expiration time
|
||||
in jiffies
|
||||
|
||||
It is safe to execute the following helper functions from interrupt context:
|
||||
|
||||
pm_request_idle()
|
||||
pm_request_autosuspend()
|
||||
pm_schedule_suspend()
|
||||
pm_request_resume()
|
||||
pm_runtime_get_noresume()
|
||||
pm_runtime_get()
|
||||
pm_runtime_put_noidle()
|
||||
pm_runtime_put()
|
||||
pm_runtime_put_autosuspend()
|
||||
pm_runtime_enable()
|
||||
pm_suspend_ignore_children()
|
||||
pm_runtime_set_active()
|
||||
pm_runtime_set_suspended()
|
||||
pm_runtime_enable()
|
||||
pm_runtime_suspended()
|
||||
pm_runtime_mark_last_busy()
|
||||
pm_runtime_autosuspend_expiration()
|
||||
|
||||
5. Run-time PM Initialization, Device Probing and Removal
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -524,3 +599,141 @@ poweroff and run-time suspend callback, and similarly for system resume, thaw,
|
|||
restore, and run-time resume, can achieve this with the help of the
|
||||
UNIVERSAL_DEV_PM_OPS macro defined in include/linux/pm.h (possibly setting its
|
||||
last argument to NULL).
|
||||
|
||||
8. "No-Callback" Devices
|
||||
|
||||
Some "devices" are only logical sub-devices of their parent and cannot be
|
||||
power-managed on their own. (The prototype example is a USB interface. Entire
|
||||
USB devices can go into low-power mode or send wake-up requests, but neither is
|
||||
possible for individual interfaces.) The drivers for these devices have no
|
||||
need of run-time PM callbacks; if the callbacks did exist, ->runtime_suspend()
|
||||
and ->runtime_resume() would always return 0 without doing anything else and
|
||||
->runtime_idle() would always call pm_runtime_suspend().
|
||||
|
||||
Subsystems can tell the PM core about these devices by calling
|
||||
pm_runtime_no_callbacks(). This should be done after the device structure is
|
||||
initialized and before it is registered (although after device registration is
|
||||
also okay). The routine will set the device's power.no_callbacks flag and
|
||||
prevent the non-debugging run-time PM sysfs attributes from being created.
|
||||
|
||||
When power.no_callbacks is set, the PM core will not invoke the
|
||||
->runtime_idle(), ->runtime_suspend(), or ->runtime_resume() callbacks.
|
||||
Instead it will assume that suspends and resumes always succeed and that idle
|
||||
devices should be suspended.
|
||||
|
||||
As a consequence, the PM core will never directly inform the device's subsystem
|
||||
or driver about run-time power changes. Instead, the driver for the device's
|
||||
parent must take responsibility for telling the device's driver when the
|
||||
parent's power state changes.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Autosuspend, or automatically-delayed suspends
|
||||
|
||||
Changing a device's power state isn't free; it requires both time and energy.
|
||||
A device should be put in a low-power state only when there's some reason to
|
||||
think it will remain in that state for a substantial time. A common heuristic
|
||||
says that a device which hasn't been used for a while is liable to remain
|
||||
unused; following this advice, drivers should not allow devices to be suspended
|
||||
at run-time until they have been inactive for some minimum period. Even when
|
||||
the heuristic ends up being non-optimal, it will still prevent devices from
|
||||
"bouncing" too rapidly between low-power and full-power states.
|
||||
|
||||
The term "autosuspend" is an historical remnant. It doesn't mean that the
|
||||
device is automatically suspended (the subsystem or driver still has to call
|
||||
the appropriate PM routines); rather it means that run-time suspends will
|
||||
automatically be delayed until the desired period of inactivity has elapsed.
|
||||
|
||||
Inactivity is determined based on the power.last_busy field. Drivers should
|
||||
call pm_runtime_mark_last_busy() to update this field after carrying out I/O,
|
||||
typically just before calling pm_runtime_put_autosuspend(). The desired length
|
||||
of the inactivity period is a matter of policy. Subsystems can set this length
|
||||
initially by calling pm_runtime_set_autosuspend_delay(), but after device
|
||||
registration the length should be controlled by user space, using the
|
||||
/sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to use autosuspend, subsystems or drivers must call
|
||||
pm_runtime_use_autosuspend() (preferably before registering the device), and
|
||||
thereafter they should use the various *_autosuspend() helper functions instead
|
||||
of the non-autosuspend counterparts:
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of: pm_runtime_suspend use: pm_runtime_autosuspend;
|
||||
Instead of: pm_schedule_suspend use: pm_request_autosuspend;
|
||||
Instead of: pm_runtime_put use: pm_runtime_put_autosuspend;
|
||||
Instead of: pm_runtime_put_sync use: pm_runtime_put_sync_autosuspend.
|
||||
|
||||
Drivers may also continue to use the non-autosuspend helper functions; they
|
||||
will behave normally, not taking the autosuspend delay into account.
|
||||
Similarly, if the power.use_autosuspend field isn't set then the autosuspend
|
||||
helper functions will behave just like the non-autosuspend counterparts.
|
||||
|
||||
The implementation is well suited for asynchronous use in interrupt contexts.
|
||||
However such use inevitably involves races, because the PM core can't
|
||||
synchronize ->runtime_suspend() callbacks with the arrival of I/O requests.
|
||||
This synchronization must be handled by the driver, using its private lock.
|
||||
Here is a schematic pseudo-code example:
|
||||
|
||||
foo_read_or_write(struct foo_priv *foo, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
add_request_to_io_queue(foo, data);
|
||||
if (foo->num_pending_requests++ == 0)
|
||||
pm_runtime_get(&foo->dev);
|
||||
if (!foo->is_suspended)
|
||||
foo_process_next_request(foo);
|
||||
unlock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
foo_io_completion(struct foo_priv *foo, void *req)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
if (--foo->num_pending_requests == 0) {
|
||||
pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(&foo->dev);
|
||||
pm_runtime_put_autosuspend(&foo->dev);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
foo_process_next_request(foo);
|
||||
}
|
||||
unlock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
/* Send req result back to the user ... */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int foo_runtime_suspend(struct device *dev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct foo_priv foo = container_of(dev, ...);
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
lock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
if (foo->num_pending_requests > 0) {
|
||||
ret = -EBUSY;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* ... suspend the device ... */
|
||||
foo->is_suspended = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
unlock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int foo_runtime_resume(struct device *dev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct foo_priv foo = container_of(dev, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
lock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
/* ... resume the device ... */
|
||||
foo->is_suspended = 0;
|
||||
pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(&foo->dev);
|
||||
if (foo->num_pending_requests > 0)
|
||||
foo_process_requests(foo);
|
||||
unlock(&foo->private_lock);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
The important point is that after foo_io_completion() asks for an autosuspend,
|
||||
the foo_runtime_suspend() callback may race with foo_read_or_write().
|
||||
Therefore foo_runtime_suspend() has to check whether there are any pending I/O
|
||||
requests (while holding the private lock) before allowing the suspend to
|
||||
proceed.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, the power.autosuspend_delay field can be changed by user space at
|
||||
any time. If a driver cares about this, it can call
|
||||
pm_runtime_autosuspend_expiration() from within the ->runtime_suspend()
|
||||
callback while holding its private lock. If the function returns a nonzero
|
||||
value then the delay has not yet expired and the callback should return
|
||||
-EAGAIN.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -49,6 +49,13 @@ machine that doesn't boot) is:
|
|||
device (lspci and /sys/devices/pci* is your friend), and see if you can
|
||||
fix it, disable it, or trace into its resume function.
|
||||
|
||||
If no device matches the hash (or any matches appear to be false positives),
|
||||
the culprit may be a device from a loadable kernel module that is not loaded
|
||||
until after the hash is checked. You can check the hash against the current
|
||||
devices again after more modules are loaded using sysfs:
|
||||
|
||||
cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match
|
||||
|
||||
For example, the above happens to be the VGA device on my EVO, which I
|
||||
used to run with "radeonfb" (it's an ATI Radeon mobility). It turns out
|
||||
that "radeonfb" simply cannot resume that device - it tries to set the
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -66,7 +66,8 @@ swsusp saves the state of the machine into active swaps and then reboots or
|
|||
powerdowns. You must explicitly specify the swap partition to resume from with
|
||||
``resume='' kernel option. If signature is found it loads and restores saved
|
||||
state. If the option ``noresume'' is specified as a boot parameter, it skips
|
||||
the resuming.
|
||||
the resuming. If the option ``hibernate=nocompress'' is specified as a boot
|
||||
parameter, it saves hibernation image without compression.
|
||||
|
||||
In the meantime while the system is suspended you should not add/remove any
|
||||
of the hardware, write to the filesystems, etc.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
|
|||
* SPI (Serial Peripheral Interface)
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- cell-index : SPI controller index.
|
||||
- cell-index : QE SPI subblock index.
|
||||
0: QE subblock SPI1
|
||||
1: QE subblock SPI2
|
||||
- compatible : should be "fsl,spi".
|
||||
- mode : the SPI operation mode, it can be "cpu" or "cpu-qe".
|
||||
- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
|
||||
|
@ -29,3 +31,23 @@ Example:
|
|||
gpios = <&gpio 18 1 // device reg=<0>
|
||||
&gpio 19 1>; // device reg=<1>
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* eSPI (Enhanced Serial Peripheral Interface)
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- compatible : should be "fsl,mpc8536-espi".
|
||||
- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
|
||||
- interrupts : should contain eSPI interrupt, the device has one interrupt.
|
||||
- fsl,espi-num-chipselects : the number of the chipselect signals.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
spi@110000 {
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
compatible = "fsl,mpc8536-espi";
|
||||
reg = <0x110000 0x1000>;
|
||||
interrupts = <53 0x2>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
|
||||
fsl,espi-num-chipselects = <4>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ and additions :
|
|||
Required properties :
|
||||
- compatible : Should be "fsl-usb2-mph" for multi port host USB
|
||||
controllers, or "fsl-usb2-dr" for dual role USB controllers
|
||||
or "fsl,mpc5121-usb2-dr" for dual role USB controllers of MPC5121
|
||||
- phy_type : For multi port host USB controllers, should be one of
|
||||
"ulpi", or "serial". For dual role USB controllers, should be
|
||||
one of "ulpi", "utmi", "utmi_wide", or "serial".
|
||||
|
@ -33,6 +34,12 @@ Recommended properties :
|
|||
- interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that
|
||||
services interrupts for this device.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional properties :
|
||||
- fsl,invert-drvvbus : boolean; for MPC5121 USB0 only. Indicates the
|
||||
port power polarity of internal PHY signal DRVVBUS is inverted.
|
||||
- fsl,invert-pwr-fault : boolean; for MPC5121 USB0 only. Indicates
|
||||
the PWR_FAULT signal polarity is inverted.
|
||||
|
||||
Example multi port host USB controller device node :
|
||||
usb@22000 {
|
||||
compatible = "fsl-usb2-mph";
|
||||
|
@ -57,3 +64,18 @@ Example dual role USB controller device node :
|
|||
dr_mode = "otg";
|
||||
phy = "ulpi";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
Example dual role USB controller device node for MPC5121ADS:
|
||||
|
||||
usb@4000 {
|
||||
compatible = "fsl,mpc5121-usb2-dr";
|
||||
reg = <0x4000 0x1000>;
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
interrupt-parent = < &ipic >;
|
||||
interrupts = <44 0x8>;
|
||||
dr_mode = "otg";
|
||||
phy_type = "utmi_wide";
|
||||
fsl,invert-drvvbus;
|
||||
fsl,invert-pwr-fault;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This file contains brief information about the SCSI tape driver.
|
|||
The driver is currently maintained by Kai Mäkisara (email
|
||||
Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi)
|
||||
|
||||
Last modified: Sun Feb 24 21:59:07 2008 by kai.makisara
|
||||
Last modified: Sun Aug 29 18:25:47 2010 by kai.makisara
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BASICS
|
||||
|
@ -85,6 +85,17 @@ writing and the last operation has been a write. Two filemarks can be
|
|||
optionally written. In both cases end of data is signified by
|
||||
returning zero bytes for two consecutive reads.
|
||||
|
||||
Writing filemarks without the immediate bit set in the SCSI command block acts
|
||||
as a synchronization point, i.e., all remaining data form the drive buffers is
|
||||
written to tape before the command returns. This makes sure that write errors
|
||||
are caught at that point, but this takes time. In some applications, several
|
||||
consecutive files must be written fast. The MTWEOFI operation can be used to
|
||||
write the filemarks without flushing the drive buffer. Writing filemark at
|
||||
close() is always flushing the drive buffers. However, if the previous
|
||||
operation is MTWEOFI, close() does not write a filemark. This can be used if
|
||||
the program wants to close/open the tape device between files and wants to
|
||||
skip waiting.
|
||||
|
||||
If rewind, offline, bsf, or seek is done and previous tape operation was
|
||||
write, a filemark is written before moving tape.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -301,6 +312,8 @@ MTBSR Space backward over count records.
|
|||
MTFSS Space forward over count setmarks.
|
||||
MTBSS Space backward over count setmarks.
|
||||
MTWEOF Write count filemarks.
|
||||
MTWEOFI Write count filemarks with immediate bit set (i.e., does not
|
||||
wait until data is on tape)
|
||||
MTWSM Write count setmarks.
|
||||
MTREW Rewind tape.
|
||||
MTOFFL Set device off line (often rewind plus eject).
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
|
|||
/proc/bus/usb filesystem output
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
(version 2003.05.30)
|
||||
(version 2010.09.13)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The usbfs filesystem for USB devices is traditionally mounted at
|
||||
/proc/bus/usb. It provides the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, as well as
|
||||
the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files.
|
||||
|
||||
In many modern systems the usbfs filsystem isn't used at all. Instead
|
||||
USB device nodes are created under /dev/usb/ or someplace similar. The
|
||||
"devices" file is available in debugfs, typically as
|
||||
/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
**NOTE**: If /proc/bus/usb appears empty, and a host controller
|
||||
driver has been linked, then you need to mount the
|
||||
|
@ -106,8 +111,8 @@ Legend:
|
|||
|
||||
Topology info:
|
||||
|
||||
T: Bus=dd Lev=dd Prnt=dd Port=dd Cnt=dd Dev#=ddd Spd=ddd MxCh=dd
|
||||
| | | | | | | | |__MaxChildren
|
||||
T: Bus=dd Lev=dd Prnt=dd Port=dd Cnt=dd Dev#=ddd Spd=dddd MxCh=dd
|
||||
| | | | | | | | |__MaxChildren
|
||||
| | | | | | | |__Device Speed in Mbps
|
||||
| | | | | | |__DeviceNumber
|
||||
| | | | | |__Count of devices at this level
|
||||
|
@ -120,8 +125,13 @@ T: Bus=dd Lev=dd Prnt=dd Port=dd Cnt=dd Dev#=ddd Spd=ddd MxCh=dd
|
|||
Speed may be:
|
||||
1.5 Mbit/s for low speed USB
|
||||
12 Mbit/s for full speed USB
|
||||
480 Mbit/s for high speed USB (added for USB 2.0)
|
||||
480 Mbit/s for high speed USB (added for USB 2.0);
|
||||
also used for Wireless USB, which has no fixed speed
|
||||
5000 Mbit/s for SuperSpeed USB (added for USB 3.0)
|
||||
|
||||
For reasons lost in the mists of time, the Port number is always
|
||||
too low by 1. For example, a device plugged into port 4 will
|
||||
show up with "Port=03".
|
||||
|
||||
Bandwidth info:
|
||||
B: Alloc=ddd/ddd us (xx%), #Int=ddd, #Iso=ddd
|
||||
|
@ -291,7 +301,7 @@ Here's an example, from a system which has a UHCI root hub,
|
|||
an external hub connected to the root hub, and a mouse and
|
||||
a serial converter connected to the external hub.
|
||||
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2
|
||||
B: Alloc= 28/900 us ( 3%), #Int= 2, #Iso= 0
|
||||
D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1
|
||||
P: Vendor=0000 ProdID=0000 Rev= 0.00
|
||||
|
@ -301,21 +311,21 @@ C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=40 MxPwr= 0mA
|
|||
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub
|
||||
E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 8 Ivl=255ms
|
||||
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4
|
||||
D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1
|
||||
P: Vendor=0451 ProdID=1446 Rev= 1.00
|
||||
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=e0 MxPwr=100mA
|
||||
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub
|
||||
E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 1 Ivl=255ms
|
||||
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0
|
||||
D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1
|
||||
P: Vendor=04b4 ProdID=0001 Rev= 0.00
|
||||
C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA
|
||||
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=03(HID ) Sub=01 Prot=02 Driver=mouse
|
||||
E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 3 Ivl= 10ms
|
||||
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
|
||||
D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1
|
||||
P: Vendor=0565 ProdID=0001 Rev= 1.08
|
||||
S: Manufacturer=Peracom Networks, Inc.
|
||||
|
@ -330,12 +340,12 @@ E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 8 Ivl= 8ms
|
|||
Selecting only the "T:" and "I:" lines from this (for example, by using
|
||||
"procusb ti"), we have:
|
||||
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4
|
||||
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0
|
||||
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=03(HID ) Sub=01 Prot=02 Driver=mouse
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
|
||||
T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0
|
||||
I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=serial
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ a command line tool, numactl(8), exists that allows one to:
|
|||
|
||||
+ set the shared policy for a shared memory segment via mbind(2)
|
||||
|
||||
The numactl(8) tool is packages with the run-time version of the library
|
||||
The numactl(8) tool is packaged with the run-time version of the library
|
||||
containing the memory policy system call wrappers. Some distributions
|
||||
package the headers and compile-time libraries in a separate development
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ static void prepare_hwpoison_fd(void)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt_unpoison && !hwpoison_forget_fd) {
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%s/renew-pfn", hwpoison_debug_fs);
|
||||
sprintf(buf, "%s/unpoison-pfn", hwpoison_debug_fs);
|
||||
hwpoison_forget_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ resources, scheduled and executed.
|
|||
suspend operations. Work items on the wq are drained and no
|
||||
new work item starts execution until thawed.
|
||||
|
||||
WQ_RESCUER
|
||||
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
|
||||
|
||||
All wq which might be used in the memory reclaim paths _MUST_
|
||||
have this flag set. This reserves one worker exclusively for
|
||||
the execution of this wq under memory pressure.
|
||||
have this flag set. The wq is guaranteed to have at least one
|
||||
execution context regardless of memory pressure.
|
||||
|
||||
WQ_HIGHPRI
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -356,11 +356,11 @@ If q1 has WQ_CPU_INTENSIVE set,
|
|||
|
||||
6. Guidelines
|
||||
|
||||
* Do not forget to use WQ_RESCUER if a wq may process work items which
|
||||
are used during memory reclaim. Each wq with WQ_RESCUER set has one
|
||||
rescuer thread reserved for it. If there is dependency among
|
||||
multiple work items used during memory reclaim, they should be
|
||||
queued to separate wq each with WQ_RESCUER.
|
||||
* Do not forget to use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM if a wq may process work items
|
||||
which are used during memory reclaim. Each wq with WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
|
||||
set has an execution context reserved for it. If there is
|
||||
dependency among multiple work items used during memory reclaim,
|
||||
they should be queued to separate wq each with WQ_MEM_RECLAIM.
|
||||
|
||||
* Unless strict ordering is required, there is no need to use ST wq.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -368,12 +368,13 @@ If q1 has WQ_CPU_INTENSIVE set,
|
|||
recommended. In most use cases, concurrency level usually stays
|
||||
well under the default limit.
|
||||
|
||||
* A wq serves as a domain for forward progress guarantee (WQ_RESCUER),
|
||||
flush and work item attributes. Work items which are not involved
|
||||
in memory reclaim and don't need to be flushed as a part of a group
|
||||
of work items, and don't require any special attribute, can use one
|
||||
of the system wq. There is no difference in execution
|
||||
characteristics between using a dedicated wq and a system wq.
|
||||
* A wq serves as a domain for forward progress guarantee
|
||||
(WQ_MEM_RECLAIM, flush and work item attributes. Work items which
|
||||
are not involved in memory reclaim and don't need to be flushed as a
|
||||
part of a group of work items, and don't require any special
|
||||
attribute, can use one of the system wq. There is no difference in
|
||||
execution characteristics between using a dedicated wq and a system
|
||||
wq.
|
||||
|
||||
* Unless work items are expected to consume a huge amount of CPU
|
||||
cycles, using a bound wq is usually beneficial due to the increased
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ specialized stacks contain no useful data. The main CPU stacks are:
|
|||
Used for external hardware interrupts. If this is the first external
|
||||
hardware interrupt (i.e. not a nested hardware interrupt) then the
|
||||
kernel switches from the current task to the interrupt stack. Like
|
||||
the split thread and interrupt stacks on i386 (with CONFIG_4KSTACKS),
|
||||
this gives more room for kernel interrupt processing without having
|
||||
to increase the size of every per thread stack.
|
||||
the split thread and interrupt stacks on i386, this gives more room
|
||||
for kernel interrupt processing without having to increase the size
|
||||
of every per thread stack.
|
||||
|
||||
The interrupt stack is also used when processing a softirq.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
1
Kbuild
1
Kbuild
|
@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ targets += arch/$(SRCARCH)/kernel/asm-offsets.s
|
|||
# Default sed regexp - multiline due to syntax constraints
|
||||
define sed-y
|
||||
"/^->/{s:->#\(.*\):/* \1 */:; \
|
||||
s:^->\([^ ]*\) [\$$#]*\([-0-9]*\) \(.*\):#define \1 (\2) /* \3 */:; \
|
||||
s:^->\([^ ]*\) [\$$#]*\([^ ]*\) \(.*\):#define \1 \2 /* \3 */:; \
|
||||
s:->::; p;}"
|
||||
endef
|
||||
|
|
198
MAINTAINERS
198
MAINTAINERS
|
@ -157,9 +157,11 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: drivers/net/r8169.c
|
||||
|
||||
8250/16?50 (AND CLONE UARTS) SERIAL DRIVER
|
||||
M: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
L: linux-serial@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://serial.sourceforge.net
|
||||
S: Orphan
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
T: quilt kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/
|
||||
F: drivers/serial/8250*
|
||||
F: include/linux/serial_8250.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -962,6 +964,23 @@ W: http://www.fluff.org/ben/linux/
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-s3c6410/
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/S5P ARM ARCHITECTURES
|
||||
M: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
L: linux-samsung-soc@vger.kernel.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-s5p*/
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/SAMSUNG S5P SERIES FIMC SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
|
||||
M: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
|
||||
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/arm/plat-s5p/dev-fimc*
|
||||
F: arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/*fimc*
|
||||
F: drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/SHMOBILE ARM ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
M: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
|
||||
M: Magnus Damm <magnus.damm@gmail.com>
|
||||
|
@ -973,11 +992,23 @@ S: Supported
|
|||
F: arch/arm/mach-shmobile/
|
||||
F: drivers/sh/
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/TELECHIPS ARM ARCHITECTURE
|
||||
M: "Hans J. Koch" <hjk@linutronix.de>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: arch/arm/plat-tcc/
|
||||
F: arch/arm/mach-tcc8k/
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/TECHNOLOGIC SYSTEMS TS7250 MACHINE SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Lennert Buytenhek <kernel@wantstofly.org>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/TETON BGA MACHINE SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Mark F. Brown <mark.brown314@gmail.com>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
||||
ARM/THECUS N2100 MACHINE SUPPORT
|
||||
M: Lennert Buytenhek <kernel@wantstofly.org>
|
||||
L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
|
@ -1120,6 +1151,13 @@ W: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers/ar9170
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/wireless/ath/ar9170/
|
||||
|
||||
CARL9170 LINUX COMMUNITY WIRELESS DRIVER
|
||||
M: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
|
||||
L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers/carl9170
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/
|
||||
|
||||
ATK0110 HWMON DRIVER
|
||||
M: Luca Tettamanti <kronos.it@gmail.com>
|
||||
L: lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org
|
||||
|
@ -1344,16 +1382,19 @@ F: drivers/mtd/devices/block2mtd.c
|
|||
|
||||
BLUETOOTH DRIVERS
|
||||
M: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
|
||||
M: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
|
||||
L: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://www.bluez.org/
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-2.6.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/bluetooth/
|
||||
|
||||
BLUETOOTH SUBSYSTEM
|
||||
M: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
|
||||
M: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
|
||||
L: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://www.bluez.org/
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/holtmann/bluetooth-2.6.git
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/padovan/bluetooth-2.6.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: net/bluetooth/
|
||||
F: include/net/bluetooth/
|
||||
|
@ -1398,6 +1439,13 @@ L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/scsi/bfa/
|
||||
|
||||
BROCADE BNA 10 GIGABIT ETHERNET DRIVER
|
||||
M: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
|
||||
M: Debashis Dutt <ddutt@brocade.com>
|
||||
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/net/bna/
|
||||
|
||||
BSG (block layer generic sg v4 driver)
|
||||
M: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
|
||||
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -1510,6 +1558,8 @@ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client.git
|
|||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
|
||||
F: fs/ceph
|
||||
F: net/ceph
|
||||
F: include/linux/ceph
|
||||
|
||||
CERTIFIED WIRELESS USB (WUSB) SUBSYSTEM:
|
||||
M: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
|
||||
|
@ -1553,9 +1603,9 @@ S: Supported
|
|||
F: scripts/checkpatch.pl
|
||||
|
||||
CISCO VIC ETHERNET NIC DRIVER
|
||||
M: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com>
|
||||
M: Vasanthy Kolluri <vkolluri@cisco.com>
|
||||
M: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com>
|
||||
M: David Wang <dwang2@cisco.com>
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/net/enic/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2033,14 +2083,16 @@ F: drivers/block/drbd/
|
|||
F: lib/lru_cache.c
|
||||
F: Documentation/blockdev/drbd/
|
||||
|
||||
DRIVER CORE, KOBJECTS, AND SYSFS
|
||||
DRIVER CORE, KOBJECTS, DEBUGFS AND SYSFS
|
||||
M: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
T: quilt kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/kobject.txt
|
||||
F: drivers/base/
|
||||
F: fs/sysfs/
|
||||
F: fs/debugfs/
|
||||
F: include/linux/kobj*
|
||||
F: include/linux/debugfs.h
|
||||
F: lib/kobj*
|
||||
|
||||
DRM DRIVERS
|
||||
|
@ -2160,6 +2212,13 @@ W: bluesmoke.sourceforge.net
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/edac/i5400_edac.c
|
||||
|
||||
EDAC-I7300
|
||||
M: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
|
||||
L: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: bluesmoke.sourceforge.net
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/edac/i7300_edac.c
|
||||
|
||||
EDAC-I7CORE
|
||||
M: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
|
||||
L: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -2528,7 +2587,7 @@ S: Supported
|
|||
F: drivers/scsi/gdt*
|
||||
|
||||
GENERIC GPIO I2C DRIVER
|
||||
M: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
|
||||
M: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@gmail.com>
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-gpio.c
|
||||
F: include/linux/i2c-gpio.h
|
||||
|
@ -2887,6 +2946,12 @@ M: Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
|
|||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/scsi/ipr.*
|
||||
|
||||
IBM Power Virtual Ethernet Device Driver
|
||||
M: Santiago Leon <santil@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/net/ibmveth.*
|
||||
|
||||
IBM ServeRAID RAID DRIVER
|
||||
P: Jack Hammer
|
||||
M: Dave Jeffery <ipslinux@adaptec.com>
|
||||
|
@ -3056,16 +3121,27 @@ L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/ixp2000/
|
||||
|
||||
INTEL ETHERNET DRIVERS (e100/e1000/e1000e/igb/igbvf/ixgb/ixgbe)
|
||||
INTEL ETHERNET DRIVERS (e100/e1000/e1000e/igb/igbvf/ixgb/ixgbe/ixgbevf)
|
||||
M: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
|
||||
M: PJ Waskiewicz <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
|
||||
M: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
|
||||
M: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
|
||||
L: e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://e1000.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/e100.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/igb.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/ixgbevf.txt
|
||||
F: drivers/net/e100.c
|
||||
F: drivers/net/e1000/
|
||||
F: drivers/net/e1000e/
|
||||
|
@ -3073,6 +3149,7 @@ F: drivers/net/igb/
|
|||
F: drivers/net/igbvf/
|
||||
F: drivers/net/ixgb/
|
||||
F: drivers/net/ixgbe/
|
||||
F: drivers/net/ixgbevf/
|
||||
|
||||
INTEL PRO/WIRELESS 2100 NETWORK CONNECTION SUPPORT
|
||||
L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -3133,7 +3210,7 @@ F: drivers/net/ioc3-eth.c
|
|||
|
||||
IOC3 SERIAL DRIVER
|
||||
M: Pat Gefre <pfg@sgi.com>
|
||||
L: linux-mips@linux-mips.org
|
||||
L: linux-serial@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/serial/ioc3_serial.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -3210,6 +3287,12 @@ F: drivers/net/irda/
|
|||
F: include/net/irda/
|
||||
F: net/irda/
|
||||
|
||||
IRQ SUBSYSTEM
|
||||
M: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip.git irq/core
|
||||
F: kernel/irq/
|
||||
|
||||
ISAPNP
|
||||
M: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
@ -3302,6 +3385,12 @@ F: fs/jbd*/
|
|||
F: include/linux/ext*jbd*.h
|
||||
F: include/linux/jbd*.h
|
||||
|
||||
JSM Neo PCI based serial card
|
||||
M: Breno Leitao <leitao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
L: linux-serial@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/serial/jsm/
|
||||
|
||||
K8TEMP HARDWARE MONITORING DRIVER
|
||||
M: Rudolf Marek <r.marek@assembler.cz>
|
||||
L: lm-sensors@lm-sensors.org
|
||||
|
@ -3352,7 +3441,7 @@ F: scripts/package/
|
|||
|
||||
KERNEL JANITORS
|
||||
L: kernel-janitors@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://janitor.kernelnewbies.org/
|
||||
W: http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors
|
||||
S: Odd Fixes
|
||||
|
||||
KERNEL NFSD, SUNRPC, AND LOCKD SERVERS
|
||||
|
@ -3781,9 +3870,8 @@ W: http://www.syskonnect.com
|
|||
S: Supported
|
||||
|
||||
MATROX FRAMEBUFFER DRIVER
|
||||
M: Petr Vandrovec <vandrove@vc.cvut.cz>
|
||||
L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
S: Orphan
|
||||
F: drivers/video/matrox/matroxfb_*
|
||||
F: include/linux/matroxfb.h
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -3970,8 +4058,8 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: drivers/net/natsemi.c
|
||||
|
||||
NCP FILESYSTEM
|
||||
M: Petr Vandrovec <vandrove@vc.cvut.cz>
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
M: Petr Vandrovec <petr@vandrovec.name>
|
||||
S: Odd Fixes
|
||||
F: fs/ncpfs/
|
||||
|
||||
NCR DUAL 700 SCSI DRIVER (MICROCHANNEL)
|
||||
|
@ -4334,13 +4422,12 @@ F: Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt
|
|||
F: fs/ocfs2/
|
||||
|
||||
ORINOCO DRIVER
|
||||
M: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
|
||||
M: David Gibson <hermes@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
|
||||
L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
L: orinoco-users@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
L: orinoco-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
W: http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers/orinoco
|
||||
W: http://www.nongnu.org/orinoco/
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
S: Orphan
|
||||
F: drivers/net/wireless/orinoco/
|
||||
|
||||
OSD LIBRARY and FILESYSTEM
|
||||
|
@ -4373,6 +4460,15 @@ L: linux-i2c@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-pasemi.c
|
||||
|
||||
PADATA PARALLEL EXECUTION MECHANISM
|
||||
M: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
|
||||
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
L: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: kernel/padata.c
|
||||
F: include/linux/padata.h
|
||||
F: Documentation/padata.txt
|
||||
|
||||
PANASONIC LAPTOP ACPI EXTRAS DRIVER
|
||||
M: Harald Welte <laforge@gnumonks.org>
|
||||
L: platform-driver-x86@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -4452,6 +4548,12 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: drivers/leds/leds-pca9532.c
|
||||
F: include/linux/leds-pca9532.h
|
||||
|
||||
PCA9541 I2C BUS MASTER SELECTOR DRIVER
|
||||
M: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
|
||||
L: linux-i2c@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/i2c/muxes/pca9541.c
|
||||
|
||||
PCA9564/PCA9665 I2C BUS DRIVER
|
||||
M: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
|
||||
L: linux-i2c@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -4500,6 +4602,13 @@ L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/pcnet32.c
|
||||
|
||||
PCRYPT PARALLEL CRYPTO ENGINE
|
||||
M: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
|
||||
L: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: crypto/pcrypt.c
|
||||
F: include/crypto/pcrypt.h
|
||||
|
||||
PER-TASK DELAY ACCOUNTING
|
||||
M: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
|
@ -4528,6 +4637,14 @@ L: linux-abi-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: include/linux/personality.h
|
||||
|
||||
PHONET PROTOCOL
|
||||
M: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/networking/phonet.txt
|
||||
F: include/linux/phonet.h
|
||||
F: include/net/phonet/
|
||||
F: net/phonet/
|
||||
|
||||
PHRAM MTD DRIVER
|
||||
M: Joern Engel <joern@lazybastard.org>
|
||||
L: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
|
||||
|
@ -4777,6 +4894,15 @@ F: fs/qnx4/
|
|||
F: include/linux/qnx4_fs.h
|
||||
F: include/linux/qnxtypes.h
|
||||
|
||||
RADOS BLOCK DEVICE (RBD)
|
||||
F: include/linux/qnxtypes.h
|
||||
M: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>
|
||||
M: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
M: ceph-devel@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/block/rbd.c
|
||||
F: drivers/block/rbd_types.h
|
||||
|
||||
RADEON FRAMEBUFFER DISPLAY DRIVER
|
||||
M: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
|
||||
L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -5002,6 +5128,12 @@ F: drivers/media/common/saa7146*
|
|||
F: drivers/media/video/*7146*
|
||||
F: include/media/*7146*
|
||||
|
||||
SAMSUNG AUDIO (ASoC) DRIVERS
|
||||
M: Jassi Brar <jassi.brar@samsung.com>
|
||||
L: alsa-devel@alsa-project.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: sound/soc/s3c24xx
|
||||
|
||||
TLG2300 VIDEO4LINUX-2 DRIVER
|
||||
M: Huang Shijie <shijie8@gmail.com>
|
||||
M: Kang Yong <kangyong@telegent.com>
|
||||
|
@ -5900,6 +6032,14 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: Documentation/usb/acm.txt
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/class/cdc-acm.*
|
||||
|
||||
USB ATTACHED SCSI
|
||||
M: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
M: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: drivers/usb/storage/uas.c
|
||||
|
||||
USB BLOCK DRIVER (UB ub)
|
||||
M: Pete Zaitcev <zaitcev@redhat.com>
|
||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
@ -6408,21 +6548,21 @@ S: Maintained
|
|||
F: drivers/input/misc/wistron_btns.c
|
||||
|
||||
WL1251 WIRELESS DRIVER
|
||||
M: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
|
||||
M: Kalle Valo <kvalo@adurom.com>
|
||||
L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://wireless.kernel.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-testing.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/*
|
||||
X: drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271*
|
||||
F: drivers/net/wireless/wl1251/*
|
||||
|
||||
WL1271 WIRELESS DRIVER
|
||||
M: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
|
||||
L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
W: http://wireless.kernel.org
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-testing.git
|
||||
T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/luca/wl12xx.git
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271*
|
||||
F: include/linux/wl12xx.h
|
||||
|
||||
WL3501 WIRELESS PCMCIA CARD DRIVER
|
||||
M: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
|
||||
|
@ -6444,8 +6584,10 @@ F: include/linux/wm97xx.h
|
|||
WOLFSON MICROELECTRONICS DRIVERS
|
||||
M: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
M: Ian Lartey <ian@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
M: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
|
||||
T: git git://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/linux-2.6-asoc
|
||||
T: git git://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/linux-2.6-audioplus
|
||||
W: http://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/node/8
|
||||
W: http://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/content/linux-drivers-wolfson-devices
|
||||
S: Supported
|
||||
F: Documentation/hwmon/wm83??
|
||||
F: drivers/leds/leds-wm83*.c
|
||||
|
@ -6567,6 +6709,20 @@ M: "Maciej W. Rozycki" <macro@linux-mips.org>
|
|||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/serial/zs.*
|
||||
|
||||
GRE DEMULTIPLEXER DRIVER
|
||||
M: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
|
||||
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: net/ipv4/gre.c
|
||||
F: include/net/gre.h
|
||||
|
||||
PPTP DRIVER
|
||||
M: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
|
||||
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
S: Maintained
|
||||
F: drivers/net/pptp.c
|
||||
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp
|
||||
|
||||
THE REST
|
||||
M: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
|
|
22
Makefile
22
Makefile
|
@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
|||
VERSION = 2
|
||||
PATCHLEVEL = 6
|
||||
SUBLEVEL = 36
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION = -rc6
|
||||
NAME = Sheep on Meth
|
||||
EXTRAVERSION =
|
||||
NAME = Flesh-Eating Bats with Fangs
|
||||
|
||||
# *DOCUMENTATION*
|
||||
# To see a list of typical targets execute "make help"
|
||||
|
@ -554,8 +554,15 @@ endif
|
|||
ifdef CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Some targets (ARM with Thumb2, for example), can't be built with frame
|
||||
# pointers. For those, we don't have FUNCTION_TRACER automatically
|
||||
# select FRAME_POINTER. However, FUNCTION_TRACER adds -pg, and this is
|
||||
# incompatible with -fomit-frame-pointer with current GCC, so we don't use
|
||||
# -fomit-frame-pointer with FUNCTION_TRACER.
|
||||
ifndef CONFIG_FUNCTION_TRACER
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += -fomit-frame-pointer
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += -g
|
||||
|
@ -568,6 +575,12 @@ endif
|
|||
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_FUNCTION_TRACER
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += -pg
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_DYNAMIC_FTRACE
|
||||
ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_C_RECORDMCOUNT
|
||||
BUILD_C_RECORDMCOUNT := y
|
||||
export BUILD_C_RECORDMCOUNT
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# We trigger additional mismatches with less inlining
|
||||
|
@ -591,6 +604,11 @@ KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-fno-strict-overflow)
|
|||
# conserve stack if available
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-fconserve-stack)
|
||||
|
||||
# check for 'asm goto'
|
||||
ifeq ($(shell $(CONFIG_SHELL) $(srctree)/scripts/gcc-goto.sh $(CC)), y)
|
||||
KBUILD_CFLAGS += -DCC_HAVE_ASM_GOTO
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Add user supplied CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS as the last assignments
|
||||
# But warn user when we do so
|
||||
warn-assign = \
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -158,4 +158,7 @@ config HAVE_PERF_EVENTS_NMI
|
|||
subsystem. Also has support for calculating CPU cycle events
|
||||
to determine how many clock cycles in a given period.
|
||||
|
||||
config HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL
|
||||
bool
|
||||
|
||||
source "kernel/gcov/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ config ALPHA
|
|||
select HAVE_IDE
|
||||
select HAVE_OPROFILE
|
||||
select HAVE_SYSCALL_WRAPPERS
|
||||
select HAVE_IRQ_WORK
|
||||
select HAVE_PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
select HAVE_DMA_ATTRS
|
||||
help
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
|
|||
#ifndef __ALPHA_IRQFLAGS_H
|
||||
#define __ALPHA_IRQFLAGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPL_MIN 0
|
||||
#define IPL_SW0 1
|
||||
#define IPL_SW1 2
|
||||
#define IPL_DEV0 3
|
||||
#define IPL_DEV1 4
|
||||
#define IPL_TIMER 5
|
||||
#define IPL_PERF 6
|
||||
#define IPL_POWERFAIL 6
|
||||
#define IPL_MCHECK 7
|
||||
#define IPL_MAX 7
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_ALPHA_BROKEN_IRQ_MASK
|
||||
#undef IPL_MIN
|
||||
#define IPL_MIN __min_ipl
|
||||
extern int __min_ipl;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define getipl() (rdps() & 7)
|
||||
#define setipl(ipl) ((void) swpipl(ipl))
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned long arch_local_save_flags(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return rdps();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void arch_local_irq_disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setipl(IPL_MAX);
|
||||
barrier();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned long arch_local_irq_save(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long flags = swpipl(IPL_MAX);
|
||||
barrier();
|
||||
return flags;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void arch_local_irq_enable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
barrier();
|
||||
setipl(IPL_MIN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void arch_local_irq_restore(unsigned long flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
barrier();
|
||||
setipl(flags);
|
||||
barrier();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline bool arch_irqs_disabled_flags(unsigned long flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return flags == IPL_MAX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline bool arch_irqs_disabled(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return arch_irqs_disabled_flags(getipl());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __ALPHA_IRQFLAGS_H */
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,6 @@
|
|||
#ifndef __ASM_ALPHA_PERF_EVENT_H
|
||||
#define __ASM_ALPHA_PERF_EVENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alpha only supports software events through this interface. */
|
||||
extern void set_perf_event_pending(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PERF_EVENT_INDEX_OFFSET 0
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
extern void init_hw_perf_events(void);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -259,34 +259,6 @@ __CALL_PAL_RW2(wrperfmon, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
|
|||
__CALL_PAL_W1(wrusp, unsigned long);
|
||||
__CALL_PAL_W1(wrvptptr, unsigned long);
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPL_MIN 0
|
||||
#define IPL_SW0 1
|
||||
#define IPL_SW1 2
|
||||
#define IPL_DEV0 3
|
||||
#define IPL_DEV1 4
|
||||
#define IPL_TIMER 5
|
||||
#define IPL_PERF 6
|
||||
#define IPL_POWERFAIL 6
|
||||
#define IPL_MCHECK 7
|
||||
#define IPL_MAX 7
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_ALPHA_BROKEN_IRQ_MASK
|
||||
#undef IPL_MIN
|
||||
#define IPL_MIN __min_ipl
|
||||
extern int __min_ipl;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define getipl() (rdps() & 7)
|
||||
#define setipl(ipl) ((void) swpipl(ipl))
|
||||
|
||||
#define local_irq_disable() do { setipl(IPL_MAX); barrier(); } while(0)
|
||||
#define local_irq_enable() do { barrier(); setipl(IPL_MIN); } while(0)
|
||||
#define local_save_flags(flags) ((flags) = rdps())
|
||||
#define local_irq_save(flags) do { (flags) = swpipl(IPL_MAX); barrier(); } while(0)
|
||||
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { barrier(); setipl(flags); barrier(); } while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define irqs_disabled() (getipl() == IPL_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* TB routines..
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ again:
|
|||
new_raw_count) != prev_raw_count)
|
||||
goto again;
|
||||
|
||||
delta = (new_raw_count - (prev_raw_count & alpha_pmu->pmc_count_mask[idx])) + ovf;
|
||||
delta = (new_raw_count - (prev_raw_count & alpha_pmu->pmc_count_mask[idx])) + ovf;
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is possible on very rare occasions that the PMC has overflowed
|
||||
* but the interrupt is yet to come. Detect and fix this situation.
|
||||
|
@ -402,14 +402,13 @@ static void maybe_change_configuration(struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc)
|
|||
struct hw_perf_event *hwc = &pe->hw;
|
||||
int idx = hwc->idx;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cpuc->current_idx[j] != PMC_NO_INDEX) {
|
||||
cpuc->idx_mask |= (1<<cpuc->current_idx[j]);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
if (cpuc->current_idx[j] == PMC_NO_INDEX) {
|
||||
alpha_perf_event_set_period(pe, hwc, idx);
|
||||
cpuc->current_idx[j] = idx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpha_perf_event_set_period(pe, hwc, idx);
|
||||
cpuc->current_idx[j] = idx;
|
||||
cpuc->idx_mask |= (1<<cpuc->current_idx[j]);
|
||||
if (!(hwc->state & PERF_HES_STOPPED))
|
||||
cpuc->idx_mask |= (1<<cpuc->current_idx[j]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
cpuc->config = cpuc->event[0]->hw.config_base;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -420,12 +419,13 @@ static void maybe_change_configuration(struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc)
|
|||
* - this function is called from outside this module via the pmu struct
|
||||
* returned from perf event initialisation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int alpha_pmu_enable(struct perf_event *event)
|
||||
static int alpha_pmu_add(struct perf_event *event, int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc = &__get_cpu_var(cpu_hw_events);
|
||||
struct hw_perf_event *hwc = &event->hw;
|
||||
int n0;
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
unsigned long irq_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The Sparc code has the IRQ disable first followed by the perf
|
||||
|
@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ static int alpha_pmu_enable(struct perf_event *event)
|
|||
* nevertheless we disable the PMCs first to enable a potential
|
||||
* final PMI to occur before we disable interrupts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
perf_disable();
|
||||
local_irq_save(flags);
|
||||
perf_pmu_disable(event->pmu);
|
||||
local_irq_save(irq_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default to error to be returned */
|
||||
ret = -EAGAIN;
|
||||
|
@ -455,8 +455,12 @@ static int alpha_pmu_enable(struct perf_event *event)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
local_irq_restore(flags);
|
||||
perf_enable();
|
||||
hwc->state = PERF_HES_UPTODATE;
|
||||
if (!(flags & PERF_EF_START))
|
||||
hwc->state |= PERF_HES_STOPPED;
|
||||
|
||||
local_irq_restore(irq_flags);
|
||||
perf_pmu_enable(event->pmu);
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -467,15 +471,15 @@ static int alpha_pmu_enable(struct perf_event *event)
|
|||
* - this function is called from outside this module via the pmu struct
|
||||
* returned from perf event initialisation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_disable(struct perf_event *event)
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_del(struct perf_event *event, int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc = &__get_cpu_var(cpu_hw_events);
|
||||
struct hw_perf_event *hwc = &event->hw;
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
unsigned long irq_flags;
|
||||
int j;
|
||||
|
||||
perf_disable();
|
||||
local_irq_save(flags);
|
||||
perf_pmu_disable(event->pmu);
|
||||
local_irq_save(irq_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < cpuc->n_events; j++) {
|
||||
if (event == cpuc->event[j]) {
|
||||
|
@ -501,8 +505,8 @@ static void alpha_pmu_disable(struct perf_event *event)
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
local_irq_restore(flags);
|
||||
perf_enable();
|
||||
local_irq_restore(irq_flags);
|
||||
perf_pmu_enable(event->pmu);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -514,13 +518,44 @@ static void alpha_pmu_read(struct perf_event *event)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_unthrottle(struct perf_event *event)
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_stop(struct perf_event *event, int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct hw_perf_event *hwc = &event->hw;
|
||||
struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc = &__get_cpu_var(cpu_hw_events);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(hwc->state & PERF_HES_STOPPED)) {
|
||||
cpuc->idx_mask &= ~(1UL<<hwc->idx);
|
||||
hwc->state |= PERF_HES_STOPPED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((flags & PERF_EF_UPDATE) && !(hwc->state & PERF_HES_UPTODATE)) {
|
||||
alpha_perf_event_update(event, hwc, hwc->idx, 0);
|
||||
hwc->state |= PERF_HES_UPTODATE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (cpuc->enabled)
|
||||
wrperfmon(PERFMON_CMD_DISABLE, (1UL<<hwc->idx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_start(struct perf_event *event, int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct hw_perf_event *hwc = &event->hw;
|
||||
struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc = &__get_cpu_var(cpu_hw_events);
|
||||
|
||||
if (WARN_ON_ONCE(!(hwc->state & PERF_HES_STOPPED)))
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if (flags & PERF_EF_RELOAD) {
|
||||
WARN_ON_ONCE(!(hwc->state & PERF_HES_UPTODATE));
|
||||
alpha_perf_event_set_period(event, hwc, hwc->idx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hwc->state = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
cpuc->idx_mask |= 1UL<<hwc->idx;
|
||||
wrperfmon(PERFMON_CMD_ENABLE, (1UL<<hwc->idx));
|
||||
if (cpuc->enabled)
|
||||
wrperfmon(PERFMON_CMD_ENABLE, (1UL<<hwc->idx));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -642,39 +677,36 @@ static int __hw_perf_event_init(struct perf_event *event)
|
|||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static const struct pmu pmu = {
|
||||
.enable = alpha_pmu_enable,
|
||||
.disable = alpha_pmu_disable,
|
||||
.read = alpha_pmu_read,
|
||||
.unthrottle = alpha_pmu_unthrottle,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Main entry point to initialise a HW performance event.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct pmu *hw_perf_event_init(struct perf_event *event)
|
||||
static int alpha_pmu_event_init(struct perf_event *event)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (event->attr.type) {
|
||||
case PERF_TYPE_RAW:
|
||||
case PERF_TYPE_HARDWARE:
|
||||
case PERF_TYPE_HW_CACHE:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return -ENOENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!alpha_pmu)
|
||||
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
|
||||
return -ENODEV;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do the real initialisation work. */
|
||||
err = __hw_perf_event_init(event);
|
||||
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
return ERR_PTR(err);
|
||||
|
||||
return &pmu;
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Main entry point - enable HW performance counters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void hw_perf_enable(void)
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_enable(struct pmu *pmu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc = &__get_cpu_var(cpu_hw_events);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -700,7 +732,7 @@ void hw_perf_enable(void)
|
|||
* Main entry point - disable HW performance counters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void hw_perf_disable(void)
|
||||
static void alpha_pmu_disable(struct pmu *pmu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct cpu_hw_events *cpuc = &__get_cpu_var(cpu_hw_events);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -713,6 +745,17 @@ void hw_perf_disable(void)
|
|||
wrperfmon(PERFMON_CMD_DISABLE, cpuc->idx_mask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct pmu pmu = {
|
||||
.pmu_enable = alpha_pmu_enable,
|
||||
.pmu_disable = alpha_pmu_disable,
|
||||
.event_init = alpha_pmu_event_init,
|
||||
.add = alpha_pmu_add,
|
||||
.del = alpha_pmu_del,
|
||||
.start = alpha_pmu_start,
|
||||
.stop = alpha_pmu_stop,
|
||||
.read = alpha_pmu_read,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Main entry point - don't know when this is called but it
|
||||
|
@ -766,7 +809,7 @@ static void alpha_perf_event_irq_handler(unsigned long la_ptr,
|
|||
wrperfmon(PERFMON_CMD_DISABLE, cpuc->idx_mask);
|
||||
|
||||
/* la_ptr is the counter that overflowed. */
|
||||
if (unlikely(la_ptr >= perf_max_events)) {
|
||||
if (unlikely(la_ptr >= alpha_pmu->num_pmcs)) {
|
||||
/* This should never occur! */
|
||||
irq_err_count++;
|
||||
pr_warning("PMI: silly index %ld\n", la_ptr);
|
||||
|
@ -807,7 +850,7 @@ static void alpha_perf_event_irq_handler(unsigned long la_ptr,
|
|||
/* Interrupts coming too quickly; "throttle" the
|
||||
* counter, i.e., disable it for a little while.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
cpuc->idx_mask &= ~(1UL<<idx);
|
||||
alpha_pmu_stop(event, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
wrperfmon(PERFMON_CMD_ENABLE, cpuc->idx_mask);
|
||||
|
@ -837,6 +880,7 @@ void __init init_hw_perf_events(void)
|
|||
|
||||
/* And set up PMU specification */
|
||||
alpha_pmu = &ev67_pmu;
|
||||
perf_max_events = alpha_pmu->num_pmcs;
|
||||
|
||||
perf_pmu_register(&pmu);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(osf_sigprocmask, int, how, unsigned long, newmask)
|
|||
sigset_t mask;
|
||||
unsigned long res;
|
||||
|
||||
siginitset(&mask, newmask & ~_BLOCKABLE);
|
||||
siginitset(&mask, newmask & _BLOCKABLE);
|
||||
res = sigprocmask(how, &mask, &oldmask);
|
||||
if (!res) {
|
||||
force_successful_syscall_return();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
|
|||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/bcd.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/profile.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/perf_event.h>
|
||||
#include <linux/irq_work.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
|
||||
#include <asm/io.h>
|
||||
|
@ -83,25 +83,25 @@ static struct {
|
|||
|
||||
unsigned long est_cycle_freq;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_IRQ_WORK
|
||||
|
||||
DEFINE_PER_CPU(u8, perf_event_pending);
|
||||
DEFINE_PER_CPU(u8, irq_work_pending);
|
||||
|
||||
#define set_perf_event_pending_flag() __get_cpu_var(perf_event_pending) = 1
|
||||
#define test_perf_event_pending() __get_cpu_var(perf_event_pending)
|
||||
#define clear_perf_event_pending() __get_cpu_var(perf_event_pending) = 0
|
||||
#define set_irq_work_pending_flag() __get_cpu_var(irq_work_pending) = 1
|
||||
#define test_irq_work_pending() __get_cpu_var(irq_work_pending)
|
||||
#define clear_irq_work_pending() __get_cpu_var(irq_work_pending) = 0
|
||||
|
||||
void set_perf_event_pending(void)
|
||||
void set_irq_work_pending(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
set_perf_event_pending_flag();
|
||||
set_irq_work_pending_flag();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS */
|
||||
#else /* CONFIG_IRQ_WORK */
|
||||
|
||||
#define test_perf_event_pending() 0
|
||||
#define clear_perf_event_pending()
|
||||
#define test_irq_work_pending() 0
|
||||
#define clear_irq_work_pending()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS */
|
||||
#endif /* CONFIG_IRQ_WORK */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static inline __u32 rpcc(void)
|
||||
|
@ -191,9 +191,9 @@ irqreturn_t timer_interrupt(int irq, void *dev)
|
|||
|
||||
write_sequnlock(&xtime_lock);
|
||||
|
||||
if (test_perf_event_pending()) {
|
||||
clear_perf_event_pending();
|
||||
perf_event_do_pending();
|
||||
if (test_irq_work_pending()) {
|
||||
clear_irq_work_pending();
|
||||
irq_work_run();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -19,13 +19,17 @@ config ARM
|
|||
select HAVE_KPROBES if (!XIP_KERNEL)
|
||||
select HAVE_KRETPROBES if (HAVE_KPROBES)
|
||||
select HAVE_FUNCTION_TRACER if (!XIP_KERNEL)
|
||||
select HAVE_FTRACE_MCOUNT_RECORD if (!XIP_KERNEL)
|
||||
select HAVE_DYNAMIC_FTRACE if (!XIP_KERNEL)
|
||||
select HAVE_GENERIC_DMA_COHERENT
|
||||
select HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP
|
||||
select HAVE_KERNEL_LZO
|
||||
select HAVE_KERNEL_LZMA
|
||||
select HAVE_IRQ_WORK
|
||||
select HAVE_PERF_EVENTS
|
||||
select PERF_USE_VMALLOC
|
||||
select HAVE_REGS_AND_STACK_ACCESS_API
|
||||
select HAVE_HW_BREAKPOINT if (PERF_EVENTS && (CPU_V6 || CPU_V7))
|
||||
help
|
||||
The ARM series is a line of low-power-consumption RISC chip designs
|
||||
licensed by ARM Ltd and targeted at embedded applications and
|
||||
|
@ -145,6 +149,9 @@ config ARCH_HAS_CPUFREQ
|
|||
and that the relevant menu configurations are displayed for
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_HAS_CPU_IDLE_WAIT
|
||||
def_bool y
|
||||
|
||||
config GENERIC_HWEIGHT
|
||||
bool
|
||||
default y
|
||||
|
@ -510,6 +517,7 @@ config ARCH_MMP
|
|||
select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
select TICK_ONESHOT
|
||||
select PLAT_PXA
|
||||
select SPARSE_IRQ
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for Marvell's PXA168/PXA910(MMP) and MMP2 processor line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -587,6 +595,7 @@ config ARCH_PXA
|
|||
select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
select TICK_ONESHOT
|
||||
select PLAT_PXA
|
||||
select SPARSE_IRQ
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for Intel/Marvell's PXA2xx/PXA3xx processor line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -678,8 +687,8 @@ config ARCH_S3C64XX
|
|||
help
|
||||
Samsung S3C64XX series based systems
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_S5P6440
|
||||
bool "Samsung S5P6440"
|
||||
config ARCH_S5P64X0
|
||||
bool "Samsung S5P6440 S5P6450"
|
||||
select CPU_V6
|
||||
select GENERIC_GPIO
|
||||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
|
@ -688,7 +697,8 @@ config ARCH_S5P6440
|
|||
select HAVE_S3C2410_I2C
|
||||
select HAVE_S3C_RTC
|
||||
help
|
||||
Samsung S5P6440 CPU based systems
|
||||
Samsung S5P64X0 CPU based systems, such as the Samsung SMDK6440,
|
||||
SMDK6450.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_S5P6442
|
||||
bool "Samsung S5P6442"
|
||||
|
@ -747,6 +757,15 @@ config ARCH_SHARK
|
|||
Support for the StrongARM based Digital DNARD machine, also known
|
||||
as "Shark" (<http://www.shark-linux.de/shark.html>).
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_TCC_926
|
||||
bool "Telechips TCC ARM926-based systems"
|
||||
select CPU_ARM926T
|
||||
select HAVE_CLK
|
||||
select COMMON_CLKDEV
|
||||
select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
help
|
||||
Support for Telechips TCC ARM926-based systems.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARCH_LH7A40X
|
||||
bool "Sharp LH7A40X"
|
||||
select CPU_ARM922T
|
||||
|
@ -915,6 +934,8 @@ source "arch/arm/plat-s5p/Kconfig"
|
|||
|
||||
source "arch/arm/plat-spear/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "arch/arm/plat-tcc/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
if ARCH_S3C2410
|
||||
source "arch/arm/mach-s3c2400/Kconfig"
|
||||
source "arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
@ -928,7 +949,7 @@ if ARCH_S3C64XX
|
|||
source "arch/arm/mach-s3c64xx/Kconfig"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
source "arch/arm/mach-s5p6440/Kconfig"
|
||||
source "arch/arm/mach-s5p64x0/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
source "arch/arm/mach-s5p6442/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1002,7 +1023,7 @@ endif
|
|||
|
||||
config ARM_ERRATA_411920
|
||||
bool "ARM errata: Invalidation of the Instruction Cache operation can fail"
|
||||
depends on CPU_V6 && !SMP
|
||||
depends on CPU_V6
|
||||
help
|
||||
Invalidation of the Instruction Cache operation can
|
||||
fail. This erratum is present in 1136 (before r1p4), 1156 and 1176.
|
||||
|
@ -1101,6 +1122,20 @@ config ARM_ERRATA_720789
|
|||
invalidated are not, resulting in an incoherency in the system page
|
||||
tables. The workaround changes the TLB flushing routines to invalidate
|
||||
entries regardless of the ASID.
|
||||
|
||||
config ARM_ERRATA_743622
|
||||
bool "ARM errata: Faulty hazard checking in the Store Buffer may lead to data corruption"
|
||||
depends on CPU_V7
|
||||
help
|
||||
This option enables the workaround for the 743622 Cortex-A9
|
||||
(r2p0..r2p2) erratum. Under very rare conditions, a faulty
|
||||
optimisation in the Cortex-A9 Store Buffer may lead to data
|
||||
corruption. This workaround sets a specific bit in the diagnostic
|
||||
register of the Cortex-A9 which disables the Store Buffer
|
||||
optimisation, preventing the defect from occurring. This has no
|
||||
visible impact on the overall performance or power consumption of the
|
||||
processor.
|
||||
|
||||
endmenu
|
||||
|
||||
source "arch/arm/common/Kconfig"
|
||||
|
@ -1167,13 +1202,13 @@ source "kernel/time/Kconfig"
|
|||
|
||||
config SMP
|
||||
bool "Symmetric Multi-Processing (EXPERIMENTAL)"
|
||||
depends on EXPERIMENTAL && (REALVIEW_EB_ARM11MP || REALVIEW_EB_A9MP ||\
|
||||
MACH_REALVIEW_PB11MP || MACH_REALVIEW_PBX || ARCH_OMAP4 ||\
|
||||
ARCH_S5PV310 || ARCH_TEGRA || ARCH_U8500 || ARCH_VEXPRESS_CA9X4)
|
||||
depends on EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
depends on GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS
|
||||
depends on REALVIEW_EB_ARM11MP || REALVIEW_EB_A9MP || \
|
||||
MACH_REALVIEW_PB11MP || MACH_REALVIEW_PBX || ARCH_OMAP4 ||\
|
||||
ARCH_S5PV310 || ARCH_TEGRA || ARCH_U8500 || ARCH_VEXPRESS_CA9X4
|
||||
select USE_GENERIC_SMP_HELPERS
|
||||
select HAVE_ARM_SCU if ARCH_REALVIEW || ARCH_OMAP4 || ARCH_S5PV310 ||\
|
||||
ARCH_TEGRA || ARCH_U8500 || ARCH_VEXPRESS_CA9X4
|
||||
select HAVE_ARM_SCU
|
||||
help
|
||||
This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
|
||||
a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
|
||||
|
@ -1187,10 +1222,23 @@ config SMP
|
|||
|
||||
See also <file:Documentation/i386/IO-APIC.txt>,
|
||||
<file:Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt> and the SMP-HOWTO available at
|
||||
<http://www.linuxdoc.org/docs.html#howto>.
|
||||
<http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SMP-HOWTO.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't know what to do here, say N.
|
||||
|
||||
config SMP_ON_UP
|
||||
bool "Allow booting SMP kernel on uniprocessor systems (EXPERIMENTAL)"
|
||||
depends on EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
depends on SMP && !XIP && !THUMB2_KERNEL
|
||||
default y
|
||||
help
|
||||
SMP kernels contain instructions which fail on non-SMP processors.
|
||||
Enabling this option allows the kernel to modify itself to make
|
||||
these instructions safe. Disabling it allows about 1K of space
|
||||
savings.
|
||||
|
||||
If you don't know what to do here, say Y.
|
||||
|
||||
config HAVE_ARM_SCU
|
||||
bool
|
||||
depends on SMP
|
||||
|
@ -1241,12 +1289,9 @@ config HOTPLUG_CPU
|
|||
|
||||
config LOCAL_TIMERS
|
||||
bool "Use local timer interrupts"
|
||||
depends on SMP && (REALVIEW_EB_ARM11MP || MACH_REALVIEW_PB11MP || \
|
||||
REALVIEW_EB_A9MP || MACH_REALVIEW_PBX || ARCH_OMAP4 || \
|
||||
ARCH_S5PV310 || ARCH_TEGRA || ARCH_U8500 || ARCH_VEXPRESS_CA9X4)
|
||||
depends on SMP
|
||||
default y
|
||||
select HAVE_ARM_TWD if ARCH_REALVIEW || ARCH_OMAP4 || ARCH_S5PV310 || \
|
||||
ARCH_TEGRA || ARCH_U8500 || ARCH_VEXPRESS
|
||||
select HAVE_ARM_TWD
|
||||
help
|
||||
Enable support for local timers on SMP platforms, rather then the
|
||||
legacy IPI broadcast method. Local timers allows the system
|
||||
|
@ -1257,7 +1302,7 @@ source kernel/Kconfig.preempt
|
|||
|
||||
config HZ
|
||||
int
|
||||
default 200 if ARCH_EBSA110 || ARCH_S3C2410 || ARCH_S5P6440 || \
|
||||
default 200 if ARCH_EBSA110 || ARCH_S3C2410 || ARCH_S5P64X0 || \
|
||||
ARCH_S5P6442 || ARCH_S5PV210 || ARCH_S5PV310
|
||||
default OMAP_32K_TIMER_HZ if ARCH_OMAP && OMAP_32K_TIMER
|
||||
default AT91_TIMER_HZ if ARCH_AT91
|
||||
|
@ -1463,6 +1508,20 @@ config UACCESS_WITH_MEMCPY
|
|||
However, if the CPU data cache is using a write-allocate mode,
|
||||
this option is unlikely to provide any performance gain.
|
||||
|
||||
config SECCOMP
|
||||
bool
|
||||
prompt "Enable seccomp to safely compute untrusted bytecode"
|
||||
---help---
|
||||
This kernel feature is useful for number crunching applications
|
||||
that may need to compute untrusted bytecode during their
|
||||
execution. By using pipes or other transports made available to
|
||||
the process as file descriptors supporting the read/write
|
||||
syscalls, it's possible to isolate those applications in
|
||||
their own address space using seccomp. Once seccomp is
|
||||
enabled via prctl(PR_SET_SECCOMP), it cannot be disabled
|
||||
and the task is only allowed to execute a few safe syscalls
|
||||
defined by each seccomp mode.
|
||||
|
||||
config CC_STACKPROTECTOR
|
||||
bool "Enable -fstack-protector buffer overflow detection (EXPERIMENTAL)"
|
||||
help
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -2,6 +2,20 @@ menu "Kernel hacking"
|
|||
|
||||
source "lib/Kconfig.debug"
|
||||
|
||||
config STRICT_DEVMEM
|
||||
bool "Filter access to /dev/mem"
|
||||
depends on MMU
|
||||
---help---
|
||||
If this option is disabled, you allow userspace (root) access to all
|
||||
of memory, including kernel and userspace memory. Accidental
|
||||
access to this is obviously disastrous, but specific access can
|
||||
be used by people debugging the kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
If this option is switched on, the /dev/mem file only allows
|
||||
userspace access to memory mapped peripherals.
|
||||
|
||||
If in doubt, say Y.
|
||||
|
||||
# RMK wants arm kernels compiled with frame pointers or stack unwinding.
|
||||
# If you know what you are doing and are willing to live without stack
|
||||
# traces, you can get a slightly smaller kernel by setting this option to
|
||||
|
@ -27,6 +41,11 @@ config ARM_UNWIND
|
|||
the performance is not affected. Currently, this feature
|
||||
only works with EABI compilers. If unsure say Y.
|
||||
|
||||
config OLD_MCOUNT
|
||||
bool
|
||||
depends on FUNCTION_TRACER && FRAME_POINTER
|
||||
default y
|
||||
|
||||
config DEBUG_USER
|
||||
bool "Verbose user fault messages"
|
||||
help
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_RPC) := rpc
|
|||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410) := s3c2410 s3c2400 s3c2412 s3c2416 s3c2440 s3c2443
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S3C24A0) := s3c24a0
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S3C64XX) := s3c64xx
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S5P6440) := s5p6440
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S5P64X0) := s5p64x0
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S5P6442) := s5p6442
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S5PC100) := s5pc100
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S5PV210) := s5pv210
|
||||
|
@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK) := shark
|
|||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_SHMOBILE) := shmobile
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_STMP378X) := stmp378x
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_STMP37XX) := stmp37xx
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_TCC8K) := tcc8k
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_TEGRA) := tegra
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_U300) := u300
|
||||
machine-$(CONFIG_ARCH_U8500) := ux500
|
||||
|
@ -202,6 +203,7 @@ plat-$(CONFIG_ARCH_MXC) := mxc
|
|||
plat-$(CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP) := omap
|
||||
plat-$(CONFIG_ARCH_S3C64XX) := samsung
|
||||
plat-$(CONFIG_ARCH_STMP3XXX) := stmp3xxx
|
||||
plat-$(CONFIG_ARCH_TCC_926) := tcc
|
||||
plat-$(CONFIG_PLAT_IOP) := iop
|
||||
plat-$(CONFIG_PLAT_NOMADIK) := nomadik
|
||||
plat-$(CONFIG_PLAT_ORION) := orion
|
||||
|
@ -245,13 +247,14 @@ ifeq ($(FASTFPE),$(wildcard $(FASTFPE)))
|
|||
FASTFPE_OBJ :=$(FASTFPE)/
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# If we have a machine-specific directory, then include it in the build.
|
||||
core-y += arch/arm/kernel/ arch/arm/mm/ arch/arm/common/
|
||||
core-y += $(machdirs) $(platdirs)
|
||||
core-$(CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE) += arch/arm/nwfpe/
|
||||
core-$(CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE) += $(FASTFPE_OBJ)
|
||||
core-$(CONFIG_VFP) += arch/arm/vfp/
|
||||
|
||||
# If we have a machine-specific directory, then include it in the build.
|
||||
core-y += arch/arm/kernel/ arch/arm/mm/ arch/arm/common/
|
||||
core-y += $(machdirs) $(platdirs)
|
||||
|
||||
drivers-$(CONFIG_OPROFILE) += arch/arm/oprofile/
|
||||
|
||||
libs-y := arch/arm/lib/ $(libs-y)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -67,25 +67,11 @@ static inline unsigned int gic_irq(unsigned int irq)
|
|||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Routines to acknowledge, disable and enable interrupts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Linux assumes that when we're done with an interrupt we need to
|
||||
* unmask it, in the same way we need to unmask an interrupt when
|
||||
* we first enable it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The GIC has a separate notion of "end of interrupt" to re-enable
|
||||
* an interrupt after handling, in order to support hardware
|
||||
* prioritisation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We can make the GIC behave in the way that Linux expects by making
|
||||
* our "acknowledge" routine disable the interrupt, then mark it as
|
||||
* complete.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void gic_ack_irq(unsigned int irq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32 mask = 1 << (irq % 32);
|
||||
|
||||
spin_lock(&irq_controller_lock);
|
||||
writel(mask, gic_dist_base(irq) + GIC_DIST_ENABLE_CLEAR + (gic_irq(irq) / 32) * 4);
|
||||
writel(gic_irq(irq), gic_cpu_base(irq) + GIC_CPU_EOI);
|
||||
spin_unlock(&irq_controller_lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
|||
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Support functions for calculating clocks/divisors for the ICST307
|
||||
* clock generators. See http://www.icst.com/ for more information
|
||||
* clock generators. See http://www.idt.com/ for more information
|
||||
* on these devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is an almost identical implementation to the ICST525 clock generator.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -146,8 +146,7 @@
|
|||
#define DESIGNER 0x41
|
||||
#define REVISION 0x0
|
||||
#define INTEG_CFG 0x0
|
||||
#define PERIPH_ID_VAL ((PART << 0) | (DESIGNER << 12) \
|
||||
| (REVISION << 20) | (INTEG_CFG << 24))
|
||||
#define PERIPH_ID_VAL ((PART << 0) | (DESIGNER << 12))
|
||||
|
||||
#define PCELL_ID_VAL 0xb105f00d
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1859,10 +1858,10 @@ int pl330_add(struct pl330_info *pi)
|
|||
regs = pi->base;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if we can handle this DMAC */
|
||||
if (get_id(pi, PERIPH_ID) != PERIPH_ID_VAL
|
||||
if ((get_id(pi, PERIPH_ID) & 0xfffff) != PERIPH_ID_VAL
|
||||
|| get_id(pi, PCELL_ID) != PCELL_ID_VAL) {
|
||||
dev_err(pi->dev, "PERIPH_ID 0x%x, PCELL_ID 0x%x !\n",
|
||||
readl(regs + PERIPH_ID), readl(regs + PCELL_ID));
|
||||
get_id(pi, PERIPH_ID), get_id(pi, PCELL_ID));
|
||||
return -EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ out:
|
|||
* %-EBUSY physical address already marked in-use.
|
||||
* %0 successful.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
static int __devinit
|
||||
__sa1111_probe(struct device *me, struct resource *mem, int irq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct sa1111 *sachip;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ void reset_scoop(struct device *dev)
|
|||
{
|
||||
struct scoop_dev *sdev = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
|
||||
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0100, sdev->base + SCOOP_MCR); // 00
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_CDR); // 04
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_CCR); // 10
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_IMR); // 18
|
||||
iowrite16(0x00FF, sdev->base + SCOOP_IRM); // 14
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_ISR); // 1C
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0100, sdev->base + SCOOP_MCR); /* 00 */
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_CDR); /* 04 */
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_CCR); /* 10 */
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_IMR); /* 18 */
|
||||
iowrite16(0x00FF, sdev->base + SCOOP_IRM); /* 14 */
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_ISR); /* 1C */
|
||||
iowrite16(0x0000, sdev->base + SCOOP_IRM);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -312,16 +312,16 @@ static void generate_ucode(u8 *ucode, u32 *gpr_a, u32 *gpr_b)
|
|||
b1 = (gpr_a[i] >> 8) & 0xff;
|
||||
b0 = gpr_a[i] & 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
// immed[@ai, (b1 << 8) | b0]
|
||||
// 11110000 0000VVVV VVVV11VV VVVVVV00 1IIIIIII
|
||||
/* immed[@ai, (b1 << 8) | b0] */
|
||||
/* 11110000 0000VVVV VVVV11VV VVVVVV00 1IIIIIII */
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0xf0;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b1 >> 4);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b1 << 4) | 0x0c | (b0 >> 6);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b0 << 2);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0x80 | i;
|
||||
|
||||
// immed_w1[@ai, (b3 << 8) | b2]
|
||||
// 11110100 0100VVVV VVVV11VV VVVVVV00 1IIIIIII
|
||||
/* immed_w1[@ai, (b3 << 8) | b2] */
|
||||
/* 11110100 0100VVVV VVVV11VV VVVVVV00 1IIIIIII */
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0xf4;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0x40 | (b3 >> 4);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b3 << 4) | 0x0c | (b2 >> 6);
|
||||
|
@ -340,16 +340,16 @@ static void generate_ucode(u8 *ucode, u32 *gpr_a, u32 *gpr_b)
|
|||
b1 = (gpr_b[i] >> 8) & 0xff;
|
||||
b0 = gpr_b[i] & 0xff;
|
||||
|
||||
// immed[@bi, (b1 << 8) | b0]
|
||||
// 11110000 0000VVVV VVVV001I IIIIII11 VVVVVVVV
|
||||
/* immed[@bi, (b1 << 8) | b0] */
|
||||
/* 11110000 0000VVVV VVVV001I IIIIII11 VVVVVVVV */
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0xf0;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b1 >> 4);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b1 << 4) | 0x02 | (i >> 6);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (i << 2) | 0x03;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = b0;
|
||||
|
||||
// immed_w1[@bi, (b3 << 8) | b2]
|
||||
// 11110100 0100VVVV VVVV001I IIIIII11 VVVVVVVV
|
||||
/* immed_w1[@bi, (b3 << 8) | b2] */
|
||||
/* 11110100 0100VVVV VVVV001I IIIIII11 VVVVVVVV */
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0xf4;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0x40 | (b3 >> 4);
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = (b3 << 4) | 0x02 | (i >> 6);
|
||||
|
@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ static void generate_ucode(u8 *ucode, u32 *gpr_a, u32 *gpr_b)
|
|||
ucode[offset++] = b2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ctx_arb[kill]
|
||||
/* ctx_arb[kill] */
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0xe0;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0x00;
|
||||
ucode[offset++] = 0x01;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
|
|||
CONFIG_ARCH_AT91=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_AT91SAM9G20=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_AT91SAM9G20EK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_AT91SAM9G20EK_2MMC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_AT91_PROGRAMMABLE_CLOCKS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_ARM_THUMB is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_AEABI=y
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ CONFIG_MACH_MV88F6281GTW_GE=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MACH_SHEEVAPLUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_ESATA_SHEEVAPLUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_GURUPLUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_DOCKSTAR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_TS219=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_TS41X=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_OPENRD_BASE=y
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,8 +21,14 @@ CONFIG_ARCH_MX2=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MACH_MX27=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX27ADS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_PCM038=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_CPUIMX27=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_EUKREA_CPUIMX27_USESDHC2=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_EUKREA_CPUIMX27_USEUART4=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX27_3DS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_IMX27_VISSTRIM_M10=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_IMX27LITE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_PCA100=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MXT_TD60=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MXC_IRQ_PRIOR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MXC_PWM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NO_HZ=y
|
||||
|
@ -76,7 +82,9 @@ CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=y
|
|||
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TOUCHSCREEN_ADS7846=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=m
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_IMX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_IMX_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS is not set
|
||||
|
@ -85,19 +93,20 @@ CONFIG_I2C=y
|
|||
CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV=y
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_IMX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI_BITBANG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI_IMX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_W1=y
|
||||
CONFIG_W1_MASTER_MXC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_W1_SLAVE_THERM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_IMX=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FONTS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FONT_8x8=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HID_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_USB=m
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_DEVICE_CLASS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_USB_ULPI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_MXC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SWAP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_MXC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MACH_MX31ADS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX31_3DS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_AEABI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET_KEY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_LRO is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH="/sbin/hotplug"
|
||||
# CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_FIRMWARE_IN_KERNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_MISC_DEVICES is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SERIO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEVKMEM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_IMX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_IMX_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HW_RANDOM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HID_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DNOTIFY is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ENABLE_WARN_DEPRECATED is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_ENABLE_MUST_CHECK is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANSI_CPRNG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_CRC32 is not set
|
|
@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ CONFIG_MACH_PCM043=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MACH_ARMADILLO5X0=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX35_3DS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_KZM_ARM11_01=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_EUKREA_CPUIMX35=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MXC_IRQ_PRIOR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MXC_PWM=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NO_HZ=y
|
||||
|
@ -108,7 +109,6 @@ CONFIG_MMC=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MMC_MXC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DMADEVICES=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DNOTIFY is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_UBIFS_FS=y
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL=y
|
|||
CONFIG_ARCH_MXC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_MX5=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX51_BABBAGE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_MX51_3DS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_EUKREA_CPUIMX51=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NO_HZ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PREEMPT_VOLUNTARY=y
|
||||
|
@ -69,7 +71,6 @@ CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY=y
|
|||
CONFIG_NATIONAL_PHY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_STE10XP=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LSI_ET1011C_PHY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FIXED_PHY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MDIO_BITBANG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MDIO_GPIO=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
|
||||
|
@ -100,7 +101,6 @@ CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF=m
|
|||
CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCA=m
|
||||
CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_HID_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_USB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD=y
|
||||
|
@ -117,13 +117,11 @@ CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR=y
|
|||
CONFIG_EXT2_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT2_FS_SECURITY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_DEFAULTS_TO_ORDERED=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT4_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT4_FS_POSIX_ACL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EXT4_FS_SECURITY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_QUOTA=y
|
||||
CONFIG_QUOTA_NETLINK_INTERFACE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_PRINT_QUOTA_WARNING is not set
|
||||
|
@ -136,6 +134,7 @@ CONFIG_ZISOFS=y
|
|||
CONFIG_UDF_FS=m
|
||||
CONFIG_MSDOS_FS=m
|
||||
CONFIG_VFAT_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS=m
|
||||
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
|
||||
|
@ -151,7 +150,6 @@ CONFIG_NLS_UTF8=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR is not set
|
||||
|
@ -159,7 +157,6 @@ CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
|
|||
# CONFIG_ARM_UNWIND is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_LL=y
|
||||
CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_KEYS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SECURITYFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEFLATE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CRYPTO_LZO=y
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM_CHARLCD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SMSC_PHY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
|
||||
|
@ -52,10 +53,13 @@ CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011=y
|
|||
CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=16
|
||||
# CONFIG_HW_RANDOM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C=y
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_VERSATILE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GPIOLIB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_ARMCLCD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOGO=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_MONO is not set
|
||||
|
@ -70,7 +74,13 @@ CONFIG_SND_ARMAACI=y
|
|||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_ARMMMCI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NEW_LEDS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_CLASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_HEARTBEAT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1307=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_DRV_PL031=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VFAT_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CRAMFS=y
|
||||
|
@ -80,6 +90,7 @@ CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
|
|||
CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR is not set
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARM_CHARLCD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SMSC_PHY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
|
||||
|
@ -51,10 +52,13 @@ CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011=y
|
|||
CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=16
|
||||
# CONFIG_HW_RANDOM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C=y
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C_VERSATILE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SPI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_GPIOLIB=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FB=y
|
||||
CONFIG_FB_ARMCLCD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LOGO=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_MONO is not set
|
||||
|
@ -69,7 +73,13 @@ CONFIG_SND_ARMAACI=y
|
|||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_ARMMMCI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NEW_LEDS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_CLASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_HEARTBEAT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1307=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_DRV_PL031=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VFAT_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CRAMFS=y
|
||||
|
@ -79,6 +89,7 @@ CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
|
|||
CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR is not set
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -5,10 +5,11 @@ CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL=y
|
|||
CONFIG_MODULES=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BSG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_S5P6440=y
|
||||
CONFIG_ARCH_S5P64X0=y
|
||||
CONFIG_S3C_BOOT_ERROR_RESET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_S3C_LOWLEVEL_UART_PORT=1
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_SMDK6440=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MACH_SMDK6450=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CPU_32v6K=y
|
||||
CONFIG_AEABI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_CMDLINE="root=/dev/ram0 rw ramdisk=8192 initrd=0x20800000,8M console=ttySAC1,115200 init=/linuxrc"
|
|
@ -28,26 +28,9 @@ CONFIG_CPU_IDLE=y
|
|||
CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PM=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SUSPEND is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PACKET=y
|
||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TRANSPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_TUNNEL is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_XFRM_MODE_BEET is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_LRO is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INET_DIAG is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_WIRELESS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_UEVENT_HELPER_PATH="/sbin/hotplug"
|
||||
# CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_CHAR=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_NAND=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MTD_NAND_ECC_SMC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_MISC_DEVICES is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD is not set
|
||||
|
@ -58,7 +41,6 @@ CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011_CONSOLE=y
|
|||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=16
|
||||
# CONFIG_HW_RANDOM is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_I2C=y
|
||||
CONFIG_POWER_SUPPLY=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HWMON is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_WATCHDOG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_REGULATOR=y
|
||||
|
@ -66,24 +48,10 @@ CONFIG_FB=y
|
|||
CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_LCD_CLASS_DEVICE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_CLASS_DEVICE=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SOUND=y
|
||||
CONFIG_SND=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_SND_SUPPORT_OLD_API is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SND_VERBOSE_PROCFS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SND_DRIVERS is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SND_ARM is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SND_SPI is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_SND_SOC=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_HID_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_DEBUG=y
|
||||
CONFIG_MMC_ARMMMCI=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NEW_LEDS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_CLASS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_BACKLIGHT=y
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_RTC_DRV_COH901331=y
|
||||
|
@ -93,12 +61,11 @@ CONFIG_COH901318=y
|
|||
CONFIG_FUSE_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_VFAT_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_TMPFS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y
|
||||
CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y
|
||||
CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y
|
||||
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP is not set
|
||||
# CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set
|
||||
CONFIG_TIMER_STATS=y
|
||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT is not set
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -154,16 +154,39 @@
|
|||
.long 9999b,9001f; \
|
||||
.popsection
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
#define ALT_SMP(instr...) \
|
||||
9998: instr
|
||||
#define ALT_UP(instr...) \
|
||||
.pushsection ".alt.smp.init", "a" ;\
|
||||
.long 9998b ;\
|
||||
instr ;\
|
||||
.popsection
|
||||
#define ALT_UP_B(label) \
|
||||
.equ up_b_offset, label - 9998b ;\
|
||||
.pushsection ".alt.smp.init", "a" ;\
|
||||
.long 9998b ;\
|
||||
b . + up_b_offset ;\
|
||||
.popsection
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ALT_SMP(instr...)
|
||||
#define ALT_UP(instr...) instr
|
||||
#define ALT_UP_B(label) b label
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* SMP data memory barrier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
.macro smp_dmb
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
|
||||
#if __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 7
|
||||
dmb
|
||||
ALT_SMP(dmb)
|
||||
#elif __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ == 6
|
||||
mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 5 @ dmb
|
||||
ALT_SMP(mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 5) @ dmb
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error Incompatible SMP platform
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
ALT_UP(nop)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
.endm
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -137,10 +137,10 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This flag is used to indicate that the page pointed to by a pte
|
||||
* is dirty and requires cleaning before returning it to the user.
|
||||
* This flag is used to indicate that the page pointed to by a pte is clean
|
||||
* and does not require cleaning before returning it to the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PG_dcache_dirty PG_arch_1
|
||||
#define PG_dcache_clean PG_arch_1
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* MM Cache Management
|
||||
|
@ -156,6 +156,12 @@
|
|||
* Please note that the implementation of these, and the required
|
||||
* effects are cache-type (VIVT/VIPT/PIPT) specific.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* flush_icache_all()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unconditionally clean and invalidate the entire icache.
|
||||
* Currently only needed for cache-v6.S and cache-v7.S, see
|
||||
* __flush_icache_all for the generic implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* flush_kern_all()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unconditionally clean and invalidate the entire cache.
|
||||
|
@ -206,6 +212,7 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct cpu_cache_fns {
|
||||
void (*flush_icache_all)(void);
|
||||
void (*flush_kern_all)(void);
|
||||
void (*flush_user_all)(void);
|
||||
void (*flush_user_range)(unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned int);
|
||||
|
@ -227,6 +234,7 @@ struct cpu_cache_fns {
|
|||
|
||||
extern struct cpu_cache_fns cpu_cache;
|
||||
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_icache_all cpu_cache.flush_icache_all
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_kern_all cpu_cache.flush_kern_all
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_user_all cpu_cache.flush_user_all
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_user_range cpu_cache.flush_user_range
|
||||
|
@ -246,6 +254,7 @@ extern struct cpu_cache_fns cpu_cache;
|
|||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_icache_all __glue(_CACHE,_flush_icache_all)
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_kern_all __glue(_CACHE,_flush_kern_cache_all)
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_user_all __glue(_CACHE,_flush_user_cache_all)
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_user_range __glue(_CACHE,_flush_user_cache_range)
|
||||
|
@ -253,6 +262,7 @@ extern struct cpu_cache_fns cpu_cache;
|
|||
#define __cpuc_coherent_user_range __glue(_CACHE,_coherent_user_range)
|
||||
#define __cpuc_flush_dcache_area __glue(_CACHE,_flush_kern_dcache_area)
|
||||
|
||||
extern void __cpuc_flush_icache_all(void);
|
||||
extern void __cpuc_flush_kern_all(void);
|
||||
extern void __cpuc_flush_user_all(void);
|
||||
extern void __cpuc_flush_user_range(unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned int);
|
||||
|
@ -291,6 +301,37 @@ extern void copy_to_user_page(struct vm_area_struct *, struct page *,
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Convert calls to our calling convention.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Invalidate I-cache */
|
||||
#define __flush_icache_all_generic() \
|
||||
asm("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c5, 0" \
|
||||
: : "r" (0));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Invalidate I-cache inner shareable */
|
||||
#define __flush_icache_all_v7_smp() \
|
||||
asm("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c1, 0" \
|
||||
: : "r" (0));
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Optimized __flush_icache_all for the common cases. Note that UP ARMv7
|
||||
* will fall through to use __flush_icache_all_generic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined(CONFIG_CPU_V7) && defined(CONFIG_CPU_V6)) || \
|
||||
defined(CONFIG_SMP_ON_UP)
|
||||
#define __flush_icache_preferred __cpuc_flush_icache_all
|
||||
#elif __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 7 && defined(CONFIG_SMP)
|
||||
#define __flush_icache_preferred __flush_icache_all_v7_smp
|
||||
#elif __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ == 6 && defined(CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_411920)
|
||||
#define __flush_icache_preferred __cpuc_flush_icache_all
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define __flush_icache_preferred __flush_icache_all_generic
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void __flush_icache_all(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__flush_icache_preferred();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define flush_cache_all() __cpuc_flush_kern_all()
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void vivt_flush_cache_mm(struct mm_struct *mm)
|
||||
|
@ -366,21 +407,6 @@ extern void flush_cache_page(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long user_addr
|
|||
#define ARCH_IMPLEMENTS_FLUSH_DCACHE_PAGE 1
|
||||
extern void flush_dcache_page(struct page *);
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void __flush_icache_all(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_411920
|
||||
extern void v6_icache_inval_all(void);
|
||||
v6_icache_inval_all();
|
||||
#elif defined(CONFIG_SMP) && __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 7
|
||||
asm("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c1, 0 @ invalidate I-cache inner shareable\n"
|
||||
:
|
||||
: "r" (0));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
asm("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c5, 0 @ invalidate I-cache\n"
|
||||
:
|
||||
: "r" (0));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
static inline void flush_kernel_vmap_range(void *addr, int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((cache_is_vivt() || cache_is_vipt_aliasing()))
|
||||
|
@ -405,9 +431,6 @@ static inline void flush_anon_page(struct vm_area_struct *vma,
|
|||
#define ARCH_HAS_FLUSH_KERNEL_DCACHE_PAGE
|
||||
static inline void flush_kernel_dcache_page(struct page *page)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* highmem pages are always flushed upon kunmap already */
|
||||
if ((cache_is_vivt() || cache_is_vipt_aliasing()) && !PageHighMem(page))
|
||||
__cpuc_flush_dcache_area(page_address(page), PAGE_SIZE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define flush_dcache_mmap_lock(mapping) \
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
|
|||
#define CACHEID_VIPT_ALIASING (1 << 2)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_VIPT (CACHEID_VIPT_ALIASING|CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED (1 << 3)
|
||||
#define CACHEID_VIPT_I_ALIASING (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
extern unsigned int cacheid;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -14,15 +15,18 @@ extern unsigned int cacheid;
|
|||
#define cache_is_vipt_nonaliasing() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING)
|
||||
#define cache_is_vipt_aliasing() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIPT_ALIASING)
|
||||
#define icache_is_vivt_asid_tagged() cacheid_is(CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED)
|
||||
#define icache_is_vipt_aliasing() cacheid_is(CACHEID_VIPT_I_ALIASING)
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ is the minimum supported CPU architecture
|
||||
* Mask out support which will never be present on newer CPUs.
|
||||
* - v6+ is never VIVT
|
||||
* - v7+ VIPT never aliases
|
||||
* - v7+ VIPT never aliases on D-side
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 7
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN (CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING | CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED)
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN (CACHEID_VIPT_NONALIASING |\
|
||||
CACHEID_ASID_TAGGED |\
|
||||
CACHEID_VIPT_I_ALIASING)
|
||||
#elif __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 6
|
||||
#define __CACHEID_ARCH_MIN (~CACHEID_VIVT)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -127,4 +127,8 @@ struct mm_struct;
|
|||
extern unsigned long arch_randomize_brk(struct mm_struct *mm);
|
||||
#define arch_randomize_brk arch_randomize_brk
|
||||
|
||||
extern int vectors_user_mapping(void);
|
||||
#define arch_setup_additional_pages(bprm, uses_interp) vectors_user_mapping()
|
||||
#define ARCH_HAS_SETUP_ADDITIONAL_PAGES
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -2,12 +2,30 @@
|
|||
#define _ASM_ARM_FTRACE
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_FUNCTION_TRACER
|
||||
#define MCOUNT_ADDR ((long)(mcount))
|
||||
#define MCOUNT_ADDR ((unsigned long)(__gnu_mcount_nc))
|
||||
#define MCOUNT_INSN_SIZE 4 /* sizeof mcount call */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
|
||||
extern void mcount(void);
|
||||
extern void __gnu_mcount_nc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_DYNAMIC_FTRACE
|
||||
struct dyn_arch_ftrace {
|
||||
#ifdef CONFIG_OLD_MCOUNT
|
||||
bool old_mcount;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static inline unsigned long ftrace_call_adjust(unsigned long addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* With Thumb-2, the recorded addresses have the lsb set */
|
||||
return addr & ~1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
extern void ftrace_caller_old(void);
|
||||
extern void ftrace_call_old(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,18 +21,6 @@
|
|||
#define TRACER_RUNNING BIT(TRACER_RUNNING_BIT)
|
||||
#define TRACER_CYCLE_ACC BIT(TRACER_CYCLE_ACC_BIT)
|
||||
|
||||
struct tracectx {
|
||||
unsigned int etb_bufsz;
|
||||
void __iomem *etb_regs;
|
||||
void __iomem *etm_regs;
|
||||
unsigned long flags;
|
||||
int ncmppairs;
|
||||
int etm_portsz;
|
||||
struct device *dev;
|
||||
struct clk *emu_clk;
|
||||
struct mutex mutex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define TRACER_TIMEOUT 10000
|
||||
|
||||
#define etm_writel(t, v, x) \
|
||||
|
@ -112,10 +100,10 @@ struct tracectx {
|
|||
|
||||
/* ETM status register, "ETM Architecture", 3.3.2 */
|
||||
#define ETMR_STATUS (0x10)
|
||||
#define ETMST_OVERFLOW (1 << 0)
|
||||
#define ETMST_PROGBIT (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define ETMST_STARTSTOP (1 << 2)
|
||||
#define ETMST_TRIGGER (1 << 3)
|
||||
#define ETMST_OVERFLOW BIT(0)
|
||||
#define ETMST_PROGBIT BIT(1)
|
||||
#define ETMST_STARTSTOP BIT(2)
|
||||
#define ETMST_TRIGGER BIT(3)
|
||||
|
||||
#define etm_progbit(t) (etm_readl((t), ETMR_STATUS) & ETMST_PROGBIT)
|
||||
#define etm_started(t) (etm_readl((t), ETMR_STATUS) & ETMST_STARTSTOP)
|
||||
|
@ -123,7 +111,7 @@ struct tracectx {
|
|||
|
||||
#define ETMR_TRACEENCTRL2 0x1c
|
||||
#define ETMR_TRACEENCTRL 0x24
|
||||
#define ETMTE_INCLEXCL (1 << 24)
|
||||
#define ETMTE_INCLEXCL BIT(24)
|
||||
#define ETMR_TRACEENEVT 0x20
|
||||
#define ETMCTRL_OPTS (ETMCTRL_DO_CPRT | \
|
||||
ETMCTRL_DATA_DO_ADDR | \
|
||||
|
@ -146,12 +134,12 @@ struct tracectx {
|
|||
#define ETBR_CTRL 0x20
|
||||
#define ETBR_FORMATTERCTRL 0x304
|
||||
#define ETBFF_ENFTC 1
|
||||
#define ETBFF_ENFCONT (1 << 1)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_FONFLIN (1 << 4)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_MANUAL_FLUSH (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_TRIGIN (1 << 8)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_TRIGEVT (1 << 9)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_TRIGFL (1 << 10)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_ENFCONT BIT(1)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_FONFLIN BIT(4)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_MANUAL_FLUSH BIT(6)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_TRIGIN BIT(8)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_TRIGEVT BIT(9)
|
||||
#define ETBFF_TRIGFL BIT(10)
|
||||
|
||||
#define etb_writel(t, v, x) \
|
||||
(__raw_writel((v), (t)->etb_regs + (x)))
|
||||
|
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue